Mobile OSS (OSS-RC) Releases 7, 10 and 11 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "Mobile OSS (OSS-RC) Releases 7, 10 and 11 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions"

Transcription

1 Mobile OSS (OSS-RC) Releases 7, 10 and 11 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions

2 Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION...6 OSS-RC 11.2 OVERVIEW...7 OSS-RC R11.0 DELTA...10 OSS-RC R11.1 DELTA...14 OSS-RC R11.2 DELTA...18 OSS-RC 11.2 OPERATIONS FOR CORE...22 OSS-RC 11.2 OPERATIONS FOR CORE AND GSM...26 OSS-RC 11.2 OPERATIONS FOR CORE AND WCDMA/LTE...30 OSS-RC 11.2 OPERATIONS FOR GSM...34 OSS-RC 11.2 OPERATIONS FOR WCDMA/LTE...38 OSS-RC 11.2 OPERATIONS...42 OSS-RC 11.2 OPERATIONS FOR GSM AND WCDMA/LTE...46 OSS-RC 11.2 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION FOR CORE...50 OSS-RC 11.2 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION FOR CORE AND WCDMA/LTE...56 OSS-RC 11.2 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION FOR WCDMA/LTE...62 OSS RC 11.2 CIF PLATFORM TROUBLESHOOTING /03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

3 OSS-RC 11.2 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION FOR GSM...71 OSS-RC 11.2 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION FOR GSM AND WCDMA/LTE...76 OSS-RC X.86/BLADE/STORAGE - OVERVIEW...81 X86 COMINF MAINTENANCE AND ADMINISTRATION...84 OSS-RC 11.2 HIGH AVAILABILITY CLUSTER SOLUTION OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE...87 OSS COMMON EXPLORER WORKSHOP...90 OSS NAVIGATOR OPERATION...93 OSS NAVIGATOR SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION...97 USING THE FAULT MANAGEMENT EXPERT (FMX) TOOL ENIQ 11 STATISTICS, OVERVIEW ENIQ 11 EVENTS, OPERATION ENIQ 11 STATISTICS, OPERATION (CUSTOMER REPORTS) ENIQ 11 STATISTICS, OPERATION (PRODUCT REPORTS) ENIQ 11 STATISTICS, REPORT MIGRATION WORKSHOP ENIQ 11, SYSTEM AND DATAFLOW ADMINISTRATION (EVENTS AND STATISTICS) ENIQ 2 OVERVIEW ERICSSON NETWORK IQ 2 DELTA ERICSSON NETWORK IQ 2 OPERATION /03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

4 ERICSSON NETWORK IQ 2 REPORT MIGRATION WORKSHOP ERICSSON NETWORK IQ 2 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION OSS-RC 10.3 OVERVIEW OSS-RC R10.1 DELTA OSS-RC R10.2 DELTA OSS-RC R10.3 DELTA OSS-RC10 DELTA OSS-RC 10.3 APPLICATIONS FOR CORE OSS-RC 10.3 APPLICATIONS FOR CORE AND GSM OSS-RC 10.3 APPLICATIONS FOR CORE AND WCDMA/LTE OSS-RC 10.3 APPLICATIONS FOR GSM OSS-RC 10.3 APPLICATIONS FOR WCDMA/LTE OSS-RC 10.3 APPLICATIONS WORKSHOP OSS-RC 10.3 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION FOR CORE OSS-RC 10.3 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION FOR GSM OSS-RC 10.3 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION FOR WCDMA/LTE OSS-RC 10.3 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION FOR IMS OSS-RC 10.3 CIF PLATFORM TROUBLESHOOTING OSS-RC 10.3 OPERATIONS FOR TSS /03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

5 OSS-RC OVERVIEW OSS-RC 10.0 COMMON APPLICATIONS FOR NETWORK MANAGEMENT OSS-RC 10.0 CORE NETWORK APPLICATIONS FOR NETWORK MANAGEMENT..229 OSS-RC 10.0 GSM RAN APPLICATIONS FOR NETWORK MANAGEMENT OSS-RC 10.0 WCDMA/LTE RAN APPLICATIONS FOR NETWORK MANAGEMENT.236 OSS-RC 10.0 CORE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION OSS-RC 10.0 GSM SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION OSS-RC 10.0 WCDMA/LTE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION OSS-RC 10.0 IMS SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION OSS-RC 10.0 CIF PLATFORM TROUBLESHOOTING MN-OSS TO OSS-RC 10 DELTA OSS-RC 10 TSS OPERATION OSS-RC 10 TSS SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION OSS-RC 7 DELTA /03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

6 Introduction Ericsson has developed a comprehensive Training Programs service to satisfy the competence needs of our customers, from exploring new business opportunities to expertise required for operating a network. The Training Programs service is delineated into packages that have been developed to offer clearly defined, yet flexible training to target system and technology areas. Each package is divided into flows, to target specific functional areas within your organization for optimal benefits. Service delivery is supported using various delivery methods including: Icon Delivery Method Instructor Led Training (ILT) LIV Virtual Classroom Training (VCT) elearning (WBL) Workshop (WS) Short Article (SA) Structured Knowledge Transfer (SKT) mlearning Job duty analysis (JDA) Competence GAP Analysis (CGA) 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

7 OSS-RC 11.2 Overview LZU R1A Description Today operators manage extremely large networks, varying from Wireline, GSM, CORE to 3G and LTE networks. This could mean that up to 30,000 cells may need to be configured, troubleshooted and monitored. Do you know how operators manage their network elements? Ericsson s Operation Support System for Radio & Core (OSS-RC) is designed to manage, configure, monitor, troubleshoot and upgrade all the various networks available i.e: wireline Core, 2G, 3G and LTE. Participants attending the OSS Overview course will be given a basic introduction to the OSS-RC R11.2 system. They will learn how OSS-RC R11.2 is used for centralized Operation and Maintenance of mobile networks, the nodes specific to each network as well as service layer equipment. Participants are introduced to the Sub-Network Management Platform and learn how its components and applications provide comprehensive configuration, management and optimization applications. They also learn about the benefits associated with these applications. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.1 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.2 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.3 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.4 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.5 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.6 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.7 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Outline the functionality of the common components 2.1 Explain the Fault management (FM) Applications 2.2 Describe the AXE management tools in OSS-RC Explain the Software Management Organizer application 2.4 Introduce the Job Manager and scripting 2.5 Explain the Performance Management setup in OSS-RC R11.2 including Network

8 Statistics, Event Based Applications and Radio Network Optimization 3 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the core network 3.1 Understand the configuration managers for the Core network; MMCM, GCM, IMSCM and the Common Explorer 3.2 Review the optional Core Network Management applications such as NAM, IMM, MFI and CNSM 4 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the GSM network 4.1 Describe the following GSM RAN configuration applications; Cellular Network Administration, Cellular Network Administration Interface, Base Station management and Performance Management Traffic Recording 4.2 Describe the IP support applications for the GSM RAN 4.3 Discuss the support for Wireline that is included in OSS-RC Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the WCDMA/LTE network 5.1 Describe the functionality of the Common Explorer in OSS-RC 5.2 Identify and describe the various configuration applications in the Common Explorer 5.3 Describe the functionality of all the diagnostic tools in the Common Explorer Target audience The target audience for this course is: The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Technicians, System Engineers, and System Administrators or anyone who works with OSS and needs a high level overview of the product. Even those who do not work directly with OSS-RC will find this course beneficial as it will give a high level overview of how it fits in with other products like network elements and network management systems in a telecoms network. This audience is anyone new to OSS-RC who requires an overview of the OSS-RC product. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: As this is an overview that is aimed at people working in both technical and non technical roles there are no course prerequisites. The only prerequisite is that students are familiar with a telecoms network or any technology. 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

9 Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 day and the maximum number of participants is 16. Learning situation This course is based on theoretical instructor-led lessons given in a classroom or virtual classroom environment with remote access to equipment and tools for demonstration purposes, where possible. Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction and Platform 1 hour OSS-RC Common Components Core Network Management GSM and Wireline Network Management WCDMA/LTE Network Management 2 hours 1 hour 1 hour 1 hour 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

10 OSS-RC R11.0 Delta LZU Description OSS RC 11 has evolved and improved in many ways since OSS RC R6. There are both functional and characteristic improvements in the areas of network evolution, network quality and optimization, operational efficiency, system and platform. These improvements encompass new features, functionality and broader network support. All new node support will be covered along with any new features that have been introduced since R6, particularly in the areas of WCDMA and Core (LTE, GSM and wireline info is omitted, based on Nätbolagets network consisting of Ericsson RNC, RBS, MGW and SGSN) All platform changes that impact the functionality of OSS will be covered as well as any changes or improvements to the functionality. Any applications/components that have been phased out or is now offered by another application will also be covered in this course. The evolution of OSS-RC from revision 6.3 to 11.0 is covered in this training. However, any major changes with large impact that were introduced in the later releases of R6 will also be covered (ie:cex and LDAP).For those who have previously participated in OSS-RC training programs for version OSS-RC 6.x or OSS-RC 7.x it will not be necessary to attend this training. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Outline the changes to the OSS-RC 11.0 platform 1.1 Identify the NE support for OSS-RC RC Provide an overview of the upgrade history 1.3 Review the replacement of NIS with LDAP 1.4 Discuss the new System Monitoring Tool, SunMC 1.5 List the miscellaneous enhancements to the OSS 2 Outline the impact of OSS-RC 11.0 on Common components 2.1 Review miscellaneous changes across common applications 2.2 Identify enhancements made to SMO component 2.3 Relate to new support and functionality added to Fault Management 2.4 Understand improvements made to Performance Management 3 Identify the improvement to the GSM RAN Management Applications 3.1 Recognize the impact of the support for the IP Infrastructure 3.2 Identify the new feature FFAX - Both Links Recording 3.3 Discuss the support for Wireline within OSS

11 4 Understand the increased impact of the support for WCDMA Configuration Management in OSS 4.1 Recognize the new WCDMA-LTE Common Explorer 4.2 Describe the new Add RBS wizard functionalities 4.3 Recognise the enhancements to EBS-W 4.4 Describe the new features BSIM, WCC and SMX 4.5 Discuss the new RNO recording GEO-W 5 Describe the enhancements within OSS-RC 11.0 for Core Network Management 5.1 Give examples of the improvement in the Circuit Switch management applications. 5.2 Give examples of the improvements in the Packet Switch management applications 6 Understand the changes to the Infrastructure and Upgrade in OSS-RC Review the basic Infrastructure for OSS RC Identify the miscellaneous changes affecting the Backup Solution and the High Availability Solutions 6.3 Understand the available upgrade paths and procedures 6.4 Discuss the concept of Upgrade Independence Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Technicians and System Engineers. This audience will be responsible for the management of the network using OSS applications. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS R6 (up to version 6.2 will suffice). Either experience of using the OSS or prior attendance of one of the following courses is sufficient: OSS-RC R6 Onsite Introduction Workshop LZU OSS-RC R10.3 Applications for Core LZU OSS-RC R10.3 Overview LZU Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is /03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

12 Learning situation This course is based on theoretical instructor-led lessons given in a classroom environment. There are no exercises for this course however, if demonstrations of the OSS required this will have to be requested at least 2 weeks prior to course delivery and cannot be guaranteed. 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

13 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Platform 1 1 Common 1 1 Core Management WCDMA LTE management 2 1 Infrastructure Questions /03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

14 OSS-RC R11.1 Delta LZU Description OSS RC 11 has evolved and improved in many ways since OSS RC R7. There are both functional and characteristic improvements in the areas of network evolution, network quality and optimization, operational efficiency, system and platform. These improvements encompass new features, functionality and broader network support. All new node support will be covered along with any new features that have been introduced since R6, particularly in the areas of WCDMA and Core. All platform changes that impact the functionality of OSS will be covered as well as any changes or improvements to the functionality. Any applications/components that have been phased out or is now offered by another application will also be covered in this course. The evolution of OSS-RC from revision 7.1 to 11.1 is covered in this training. However, any major changes with large impact that were introduced in the later releases of R6 will also be covered (ie:cex and LDAP).For those who have previously participated in OSS-RC training programs for version OSS-RC 6.x or OSS-RC 7.x it will not be necessary to attend this training. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Outline the changes to the OSS-RC 11.1 platform 1.1 Identify the NE support for OSS-RC RC Provide an overview of the upgrade history 1.3 Review the replacement of NIS with LDAP 1.4 Discuss the new System Monitoring Tool, SunMC 1.5 List the miscellaneous enhancements to the OSS 2 Outline the impact of OSS-RC 11.1 on Common components 2.1 Review miscellaneous changes across common applications 2.2 Identify enhancements made to SMO component 2.3 Relate to new support and functionality added to Fault Management 2.4 Discuss the removal of the Statistical Data Mart and the impact this has on the performance management applications 3 Understand the increased impact of the support for WCDMA Configuration Management in OSS 3.1 Recognize the new WCDMA-LTE Common Explorer 3.2 Describe the new Add RBS wizard functionalities

15 3.3 Recognise the enhancements to EBS-W 3.4 Describe the new features BSIM, WCC and SMX 3.5 Discuss the new RNO recording GEO-W 4 Identify the improvement to the GSM RAN Management Applications 4.1 Recognize the impact of the support for the IP Infrastructure 4.2 Discuss the support for Wireline within OSS 5 Describe the enhancements within OSS-RC 11.1 for Core Network Management 5.1 Give examples of the improvement in the Circuit Switch management applications. 5.2 Give examples of the improvements in the Packet Switch management applications 5.3 Discuss the new support offered by the Common Explorer for core network nodes 5.4 Recognize the new Core Network management applications, NSD-EPC, CNCM and CNCC 6 Understand the changes to the Infrastructure and Upgrade in OSS-RC Review the basic Infrastructure for OSS RC Identify the miscellaneous changes affecting the Backup Solution and the High Availability Solutions 6.3 Understand the available upgrade paths and procedures 6.4 Discuss the concept of Upgrade Independence Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Technicians and System Engineers. This audience will be responsible for the management of the network using OSS applications. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS R6 (up to version 6.2 will suffice). Either experience of using the OSS or prior attendance of one of the following courses is sufficient: OSS-RC R6 Onsite Introduction Workshop LZU OSS-RC R10.0 Common Applications for Network Management LZU OSS-RC R10 Overview LZU /03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

16 Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 16. Learning situation This course is based on theoretical instructor-led lessons given in a classroom environment. There are no exercises for this course however, if demonstrations of the OSS required this will have to be requested at least 2 weeks prior to course delivery and cannot be guaranteed 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

17 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Platform 1 1 Common 1 1 WCDMA LTE Management 2 1 GSM Management 1 1 Core Network Management Infrastructure and Upgrade /03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

18 OSS-RC R11.2 Delta LZU R1A Description OSS RC 11 has evolved and improved in many ways since OSS RC R7. There are both functional and characteristic improvements in the areas of network evolution, network quality and optimization, operational efficiency, system and platform. These improvements encompass new features, functionality and broader network support. All new node support will be covered along with any new features that have been introduced since R6, particularly in the areas of WCDMA and Core. All platform changes that impact the functionality of OSS will be covered as well as any changes or improvements to the functionality. Any applications/components that have been phased out or is now offered by another application will also be covered in this course. The evolution of OSS-RC from revision 7.1 to 11.2 is covered in this training. However, any major changes with large impact that were introduced in the later releases of R6 will also be covered (ie:cex and LDAP).For those who have previously participated in OSS-RC training programs for version OSS-RC 6.x or OSS-RC 7.x it will not be necessary to attend this training. For those wishing to gain more detailed information about the introduction of x86 on Blade, it is recommended that they attend the OSS-RC x86 Overview course (LZU ) which will give an overview of the x86 on Blade based architecture and the new unified storage solution. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Outline the changes to the OSS-RC 11.2 platform 1.1 Identify the NE support for OSS-RC RC Provide an overview of the upgrade history 1.3 Briefly discuss the major impact due to x86 on Blade introduction

19 1.4 Review the replacement of NIS with LDAP 1.5 Discuss the new System Monitoring Tool, SunMC 1.6 List the miscellaneous enhancements to the OSS 2 Outline the impact of OSS-RC 11.2 on Common components 2.1 Review miscellaneous changes across common applications 2.2 Identify enhancements made to SMO component 2.3 Relate to new support and functionality added to Fault Management 2.4 Discuss the removal of the Statistical Data Mart and the impact this has on the performance management applications 3 Understand the increased impact of the support for WCDMA &LTE Configuration Management in OSS 3.1 Describe the new features BSIM, WCC and SMX 3.2 Discuss the new RNO recording GEO-W 3.3 Review the enhancements to IRATHOM for WDCMA handover 3.4 Describe the new LTE features for Automatic PCI selection and mobility support 3.5 Describe the update to NSD to Support LTE real time KPIs 4 Identify the improvement to the GSM RAN Management Applications 4.1 Recognize the impact of the support for the IP Infrastructure 4.2 Review the enhancements to IRATHOM for GSM handover 4.3 Discuss the support for Wireline within OSS 5 Describe the enhancements within OSS-RC 11.2 for Core Network Management 5.1 Give examples of the improvement in the Circuit Switch management applications. 5.2 Give examples of the improvements in the Packet Switch management applications 5.3 Discuss the new support offered by the Common Explorer for core network nodes 5.4 Recognize the new Core Network management applications, NSD-EPC, CNCM and CNCC 5.5 Discuss the new support for SGSN MME in Pool 6 Understand the changes to the Infrastructure and Upgrade in OSS-RC Review the basic Infrastructure for OSS RC Identify the miscellaneous changes affecting the Backup Solution and the High Availability Solutions 6.3 Understand the available upgrade paths and procedures 6.4 Discuss the concept of Upgrade Independence Target audience The target audience for this course is: The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Technicians and System Engineers. This audience will be responsible for the management of the network using OSS applications. 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

20 Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS R6 (up to version 6.2 will suffice). Either experience of using the OSS or prior attendance of one of the following courses is sufficient: OSS-RC R6 Onsite Introduction Workshop LZU OSS-RC R10.0 Common Applications for Network Management LZU OSS-RC R10 Overview LZU Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 16. Learning situation This course is based on theoretical instructor-led lessons given in a classroom environment. There are no exercises for this course however, if demonstrations of the OSS required this will have to be requested at least 2 weeks prior to course delivery and cannot be guaranteed. 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

21 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Platform 1 hour 1 Common 1 hour 1 WCDMA & LTE Management 1 hour 1 GSM & Wireline Management 1 hour 1 Core Network Management 1 hour 1 Infrastructure and Upgrade 1 hour 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

22 OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core LZU R1A Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core course will give you an introduction to the applications available in OSS-RC 11.2 for the management of Core and IMS networks. This course gives an introduction to the various Core Network applications available in OSS-RC 11.2 for the Packet and Circuit Switched domains, covering the core nodes for GSM, WCDMA, SAE and IMS. Along with identifying the OSS applications and tools for the management of the core network there are also a number of common applications that will be described in this training, such as those used for fault and performance management. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. Note: This course covers the management of Core networks using OSS-RC but some participants may only require knowledge of other technologies in which case one of the following courses may be more suitable: OSS-RC 11.2 Operations (LZU ) All technologies OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for WCDMA/LTE (LZU )

23 Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system. 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System 2.3 Discuss the alarm flow 2.4 Identify the various FM applications available 3 Describe the AXE management tools within OSS-RC 3.1 Describe the MML command structure 3.2 Explain the CHA and WinFIOL tools available in OSS-RC for MML communication with AXE network elements. 3.3 Explore the functionality of the AXE Element Management tools (EMT) 3.4 Describe the Operations Support Procedure (OPS) tool and explore the OPS Scripting language for script development for AXE network elements 4 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 4.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 4.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 5 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications 5.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 5.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 6 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution 6.2 Discuss the Statistical Measurement Initiation & Administration (SMIA), Measurement Initiation & Administration (MIA), Performance Data Mediation (PDM) 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

24 and Performance Management Subsystem (PMS) 6.3 Describe the data mediation tools (Statistical Gateway - SGw) 6.4 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution 7 Explain the Event Based Applications setup within OSS-RC 7.1 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications for Core networks 7.2 Explain the need for and concepts of; EBS-S 8 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the core network 8.1 Describe the key functions of the Circuit Switched management applications 8.2 Describe the key functions of the Packet Switched management applications 8.3 Discuss the Core Network Status Monitor 8.4 Recognize the IMS Configuration Manager Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: GPRS System Survey (LZU108876) or EPC System Survey (LZU ) or The participants should be familiar with the Core network Duration and class size The length of the course is 3 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. Time schedule 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

25 The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction 3 hours Fault Management 3 hours 2 AXE handling in OSS-RC 3 hours Software/Hardware Management 1 hour Job Manager 2 hours 3 Network Statistics & ENIQ 1 hours Event Based Applications 1 hours Core Network Applications 4 hours 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

26 OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and GSM LZU R1A Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and GSM course will give you an introduction to the applications available in OSS-RC for the management of Core, GSM and IMS networks. This course gives an introduction to the various Core Network applications available in OSS-RC 10.3 for the Packet and Circuit Switched domains, covering the core nodes for GSM, WCDMA, SAE and IMS. An introduction is also given to all GSM applications for management of Ericsson BSS. Along with identifying the OSS applications and tools for management of specific technologies there are also a number of common applications that will be described in this training, such as those used for fault and performance management. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. Note: This course covers the management of GSM and Core networks using OSS-RC but some participants may only require knowledge of just one technologies or WCDMA/LTE, in which case one of the following courses may be more suitable: OSS-RC 11.2 Operations (LZU ) All technologies OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for WCDMA/LTE (LZU )

27 Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system. 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System 2.3 Discuss the alarm flow 2.4 Identify the various FM applications available 3 Describe the AXE management tools within OSS-RC 3.1 Describe the MML command structure 3.2 Explain the CHA and WinFIOL tools available in OSS-RC for MML communication with AXE network elements. 3.3 Explore the functionality of the AXE Element Management tools (EMT) 3.4 Describe the Operations Support Procedure (OPS) tool and explore the OPS Scripting language for script development for AXE network elements 4 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 4.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 4.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 5 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications 5.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 5.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 6 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution 6.2 Discuss the Statistical Measurement Initiation & Administration (SMIA), Measurement Initiation & Administration (MIA), Performance Data Mediation (PDM) and Performance Management Subsystem (PMS) 6.3 Describe the data mediation tools (Statistical Gateway - SGw) 6.4 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

28 7 Explain the Event Based Applications setup within OSS-RC 7.1 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications for Core and GSM RAN 7.2 Explain the need for and concepts of; EBS-S 8 Explain the Radio Network Optimization Application and its recordings 8.1 Describe the various optimization applications within RNO 8.2 Indicate how to record results and generate reports using the RNO application 9 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the core network 9.1 Describe the key functions of the Circuit Switched management applications 9.2 Describe the key functions of the Packet Switched management applications 9.3 Discuss the Core Network Status Monitor 9.4 Recognise the IMS Configuration Manager 10 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the GSM network 10.1 Describe the following GSM RAN configuration applications; Cellular Network Administration, Cellular Network Administration Interface, Base Station management and Performance Management Traffic Recording 10.2 Describe the IP support applications for the GSM RAN Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: GSM System Survey (LZU ) or GPRS System Survey (LZU108876) or The participants should be familiar with the Core network or GSM network Duration and class size The length of the course is 4 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is /03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

29 Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction 3 hours Fault Management 3 hours 2 AXE handling in OSS-RC 3 hours Software/Hardware Management 1 hour Job Manager 2 hours 3 Network Statistics & ENIQ 1.5 hours Event Based Applications 1 hour Radio Network Optimization 1.5 hours 3/4 Core Network Applications 4 hours 4 GSM RAN Applications 4 hours 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

30 OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and WCDMA/LTE LZU R1A Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 11.2 Applications for Core and WCDMA/LTE course will give you an introduction to the applications available in OSS-RC for the management of Core, WCDMA and LTE networks. This course gives an introduction to the various Core Network applications available in OSS-RC 11.2 for the Packet and Circuit Switched domains, covering the core nodes for WCDMA, SAE and IMS. The full suite of tools for managing an Ericsson WRAN/LTE network is also covered in this training. Along with identifying the OSS applications and tools for management of specific technologies there are also a number of common applications that will be described in this training, such as those used for fault and performance management. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. Note: This course covers the management of Core and WCDMA/LTE networks using OSS- RC but some participants may only require knowledge of just one technology or GSM, in which case one of the following courses may be more suitable: OSS-RC 11.2 Operations (LZU ) All technologies OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for WCDMA/LTE (LZU )

31 Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system. 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System 2.3 Discuss the alarm flow 2.4 Identify the various FM applications available 3 Describe the AXE management tools within OSS-RC 3.1 Describe the MML command structure 3.2 Explain the CHA and WinFIOL tools available in OSS-RC for MML communication with AXE network elements. 3.3 Explore the functionality of the AXE Element Management tools (EMT) 3.4 Describe the Operations Support Procedure (OPS) tool and explore the OPS Scripting language for script development for AXE network elements 4 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 4.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 4.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 5 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications 5.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 5.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 6 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution 6.2 Discuss the Statistical Measurement Initiation & Administration (SMIA), Measurement Initiation & Administration (MIA), Performance Data Mediation (PDM) 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

32 and Performance Management Subsystem (PMS) 6.3 Describe the data mediation tools (Statistical Gateway - SGw) 6.4 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution 7 Explain the Event Based Applications setup within OSS-RC 7.1 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications for Core and WCDMA RAN 7.2 Explain the need for and concepts of; EBS-S 8 Explain the Radio Network Optimization Application and its recordings 8.1 Describe the various optimization applications within RNO 8.2 Indicate how to record results and generate reports using the RNO application 9 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the core network 9.1 Describe the key functions of the Circuit Switched management applications 9.2 Describe the key functions of the Packet Switched management applications 9.3 Discuss the Core Network Status Monitor 9.4 Recognize the IMS Configuration Manager 10 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the WCDMA/LTE network 10.1 Describe the functionality of the Common Explorer in OSS-RC 10.2 Identify and describe the various configuration applications in the Common Explorer 10.3 Describe the functionality of all the diagnostic tools in the Common Explorer Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: Ericsson WCDMA System Overview (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview, WBL (LZU ) or GPRS System Survey (LZU108876) or EPC System Survey (LZU ) or The participants should be familiar with the Core network or WCDMA network or the LTE 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

33 network Duration and class size The length of the course is 4 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction 3 hours Fault Management 3 hours 2 AXE handling in OSS-RC 3 hours Software/Hardware Management 1 hour Job Manager 2 hours 3 Network Statistics & ENIQ 1.5 hours Event Based Applications 1 hour Radio Network Optimization 1.5 hours 3/4 Core Network Applications 4 hours 4 WCDMA/LTE Applications 4 hours 171/03819-FAP Uae Rev: G Commercial in Confidence

34 OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM LZU R1A Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 11.2 Applications for GSM course will give you an introduction to the applications available in OSS-RC 11.2 for the management of GSM networks. This course gives an introduction to the various GSM applications for management of Ericsson BSS. Along with identifying the OSS applications and tools for management of specific GSM nodes there are also a number of common applications that will be described in this training, such as those used for fault and performance management. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. Note: This course covers the management of just GSM networks using OSS-RC but some participants may require knowledge of other technologies, in which case one of the following courses may be more suitable: OSS-RC 11.2 Operations (LZU ) All technologies OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for WCDMA/LTE (LZU )

35 Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system. 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System 2.3 Discuss the alarm flow 2.4 Identify the various FM applications available 3 Describe the AXE management tools within OSS-RC 3.1 Describe the MML command structure 3.2 Explain the CHA and WinFIOL tools available in OSS-RC for MML communication with AXE network elements. 3.3 Explore the functionality of the AXE Element Management tools (EMT) 3.4 Describe the Operations Support Procedure (OPS) tool and explore the OPS Scripting language for script development for AXE network elements 4 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 4.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 4.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 5 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications 5.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 5.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 6 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution 6.2 Discuss the Statistical Measurement Initiation & Administration (SMIA), Measurement Initiation & Administration (MIA), Performance Data Mediation (PDM) and Performance Management Subsystem (PMS) 6.3 Describe the data mediation tools (Statistical Gateway - SGw) 6.4 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution

36 7 Explain the Event Based Applications setup within OSS-RC 7.1 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications for GSM RAN 7.2 Explain the need for and concepts of EBS-G 8 Explain the Radio Network Optimization Application and its recordings 8.1 Describe the various optimization applications within RNO 8.2 Indicate how to record results and generate reports using the RNO application 9 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the GSM network 9.1 Describe the following GSM RAN configuration applications; Cellular Network Administration, Cellular Network Administration Interface, Base Station management and Performance Management Traffic Recording 9.2 Describe the IP support applications for the GSM RAN Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: GSM System Survey (LZU ) or The participants should be familiar with the GSM network Duration and class size The length of the course is 3 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. 2011

37 Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction 3 hours Fault Management 3 hours 2 AXE handling in OSS-RC 3 hours Software/Hardware Management 1 hours Job Manager 2 hours 3 Network Statistics & ENIQ 3 hours Event Based Applications 2 hours 3/4 Radio Network Optimization 2 hours 4 GSM Applications 5 hours 2011

38 OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for WCDMA/LTE LZU R1A Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 11.2 Applications for GSM and WCDMA/LTE course will give you an introduction to the applications available in OSS-RC 11.2 for the management of GSM and WCDMA/LTE networks. This course gives an introduction to the various GSM and WCDMA/LTE applications for management of Ericsson BSS, RNC, RBS and erbs. Along with identifying the OSS applications and tools for management of specific GSM and WCDMA/LTE nodes there are also a number of common applications that will be described in this training, such as those used for fault and performance management. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. Note: This course covers the management WCDMA/LTE networks using OSS-RC but some participants may require knowledge of just specific technologies, in which case one of the following courses may be more suitable: OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) All technologies OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations (LZU ) All technologies

39 Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system. 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System 2.3 Discuss the alarm flow 2.4 Identify the various FM applications available 3 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 3.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 3.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 4 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications 4.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 4.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 5 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 5.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution 5.2 Discuss the Statistical Measurement Initiation & Administration (SMIA), Measurement Initiation & Administration (MIA), Performance Data Mediation (PDM) and Performance Management Subsystem (PMS) 5.3 Describe the data mediation tools (Statistical Gateway - SGw) 5.4 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution 6 Explain the Event Based Applications setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications 6.2 Explain the need for and concepts of; EBS-W 7 Explain the Radio Network Optimization Application and its recordings 7.1 Describe the various optimization applications within RNO 7.2 Indicate how to record results and generate reports using the RNO application 8 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the WCDMA/LTE

40 network 8.1 Identify and describe the various configuration applications in the Common Explorer 8.2 Describe the functionality of all the diagnostic tools in the Common Explorer Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: Ericsson WCDMA System Overview (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview, WBL (LZU ) or The participants should be familiar with the WCDMA network or the LTE network Duration and class size The length of the course is 3 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. 2011

41 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction 3 hours Fault Management 3 hours 2 Software/Hardware Management 1 hours Job Manager 2 hours Network Statistics & ENIQ 3 hours 3 Event Based Applications 1 hours Radio Network Optimization 1 hours WCDMA/LTE Applications 4 hours

42 OSS-RC 11.2 Operations LZU R1A Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 11.2 Applications for GSM and WCDMA/LTE course will give you an introduction to the applications available in OSS-RC 11.2 for the management of GSM and WCDMA/LTE networks. This course gives an introduction to the various GSM and WCDMA/LTE applications for management of Ericsson BSS, RNC, RBS and erbs. Along with identifying the OSS applications and tools for management of specific GSM and WCDMA/LTE nodes there are also a number of common applications that will be described in this training, such as those used for fault and performance management. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. Note: This course covers the management of all technologies (Core, GSM and WCDMA/LTE) using OSS-RC but some participants may require knowledge of just specific technologies, in which case one of the following courses may be more suitable: OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) All technologies OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for WCDMA/LTE (LZU )

43 Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system. 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System 2.3 Discuss the alarm flow 2.4 Identify the various FM applications available 3 Describe the AXE management tools within OSS-RC 3.1 Describe the MML command structure 3.2 Explain the CHA and WinFIOL tools available in OSS-RC for MML communication with AXE network elements. 3.3 Explore the functionality of the AXE Element Management tools (EMT) 3.4 Describe the Operations Support Procedure (OPS) tool and explore the OPS Scripting language for script development for AXE network elements 4 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 4.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 4.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 5 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications 5.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 5.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 6 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution 6.2 Discuss the Statistical Measurement Initiation & Administration (SMIA), Measurement Initiation & Administration (MIA), Performance Data Mediation (PDM) and Performance Management Subsystem (PMS) 6.3 Describe the data mediation tools (Statistical Gateway - SGw) 6.4 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution 2011

44 7 Explain the Event Based Applications setup within OSS-RC 7.1 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications for Core, GSM and WCDMA RAN 7.2 Explain the need for and concepts of EBS-S, EBS-G and EBS-W 8 Explain the Radio Network Optimization Application and its recordings 8.1 Describe the various optimization applications within RNO 8.2 Indicate how to record results and generate reports using the RNO application 9 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the core network 9.1 Describe the key functions of the Circuit Switched management applications 9.2 Describe the key functions of the Packet Switched management applications 9.3 Discuss the Core Network Status Monitor 9.4 Recognise the IMS Configuration Manager 10 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the GSM network 10.1 Describe the following GSM RAN configuration applications; Cellular Network Administration, Cellular Network Administration Interface, Base Station management and Performance Management Traffic Recording 10.2 Describe the IP support applications for the GSM RAN 11 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the WCDMA/LTE network 11.1 Identify and describe the various configuration applications in the Common Explorer 11.2 Describe the functionality of all the diagnostic tools in the Common Explorer Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: Ericsson WCDMA System Overview (LZU ) or GSM System Survey (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview, WBL (LZU ) or GPRS System Survey (LZU108876) or 2011

45 EPC System Survey (LZU ) or The participants should be familiar with the Core network or GSM network or WCDMA network or the LTE network Duration and class size The length of the course is 5 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction 3 hours Fault Management 3 hours 2 AXE handling in OSS-RC 3 hours Software/Hardware Management 1 hours Job Manager 2 hours 3 Network Statistics & ENIQ 3 hours Event Based Applications 1.5 hours Radio Network Optimization 1.5 hours 4 Core Network Applications 4 hours 4/5 GSM Applications 4 hours 5 WCDMA/LTE Applications 4 hours 2011

46 OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM and WCDMA/LTE LZU R1A Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 11.2 Applications for GSM and WCDMA/LTE course will give you an introduction to the applications available in OSS-RC 11.2 for the management of GSM and WCDMA/LTE networks. This course gives an introduction to the various GSM and WCDMA/LTE applications for management of Ericsson BSS, RNC, RBS and erbs. Along with identifying the OSS applications and tools for management of specific GSM and WCDMA/LTE nodes there are also a number of common applications that will be described in this training, such as those used for fault and performance management. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. Note: This course covers the management of just GSM and WCDMA/LTE networks using OSS-RC but some participants may require knowledge of other technologies, in which case one of the following courses may be more suitable: OSS-RC 11.2 Operations (LZU ) All technologies OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) Learning objectives

47 On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system. 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System 2.3 Discuss the alarm flow 2.4 Identify the various FM applications available 3 Describe the AXE management tools within OSS-RC 3.1 Describe the MML command structure 3.2 Explain the CHA and WinFIOL tools available in OSS-RC for MML communication with AXE network elements. 3.3 Explore the functionality of the AXE Element Management tools (EMT) 3.4 Describe the Operations Support Procedure (OPS) tool and explore the OPS Scripting language for script development for AXE network elements 4 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 4.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 4.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 5 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications 5.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 5.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 6 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution 6.2 Discuss the Statistical Measurement Initiation & Administration (SMIA), Measurement Initiation & Administration (MIA), Performance Data Mediation (PDM) and Performance Management Subsystem (PMS) 6.3 Describe the data mediation tools (Statistical Gateway - SGw) 6.4 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution 7 Explain the Event Based Applications setup within OSS-RC 7.1 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications for WCDMA and GSM RAN 2011

48 7.2 Explain the need for and concepts of EBS-G and EBS-W 8 Explain the Radio Network Optimization Application and its recordings 8.1 Describe the various optimization applications within RNO 8.2 Indicate how to record results and generate reports using the RNO application 9 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the GSM network 9.1 Describe the following GSM RAN configuration applications; Cellular Network Administration, Cellular Network Administration Interface, Base Station management and Performance Management Traffic Recording 9.2 Describe the IP support applications for the GSM RAN 10 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the WCDMA/LTE network 10.1 Identify and describe the various configuration applications in the Common Explorer 10.2 Describe the functionality of all the diagnostic tools in the Common Explorer Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: Ericsson WCDMA System Overview (LZU ) or GSM System Survey (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview, WBL (LZU ) or The participants should be familiar with the GSM or WCDMA/LTE network Duration and class size The length of the course is 4 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation 2011

49 The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction 3 hours Fault Management 3 hours 2 AXE handling in OSS-RC 3 hours Software/Hardware Management 1 hours Job Manager 2 hours 3 Network Statistics & ENIQ 3 hours Event Based Applications 1 hours 3 Radio Network Optimization 1 hours 3/4 GSM Applications 4 hours 4 WCDMA/LTE Applications 4 hours 2011

50 OSS-RC 11.2 System Administration for Core LZU R1A Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections to Core network elements, administration of the Core Network related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS-RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Analyze OSS-RC on overview level 1.1 Discuss the different possible hardware architectures of OSS-RC 1.2 Describe the role that OSS-RC plays in supporting a telecommunications network 1.3 Locate key documents in the ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Manage User accounts in OSS-RC 2.1 Discuss the use of LDAP DS versus NIS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS-RC User Accounts 2.3 Modify a User's Authority in TSS 2.4 Use TSS Authority Administration GUI 2.5 Implement TSS Password Administration CLI 3 Discuss the Unified Storage solution

51 3.1 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure 3.2 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC 3.3 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.4 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore. 3.5 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.6 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores 3.7 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces 4 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 4.1 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.2 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.3 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.4 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.5 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.1 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.2 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.3 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.4 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.5 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.6 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.7 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.1 Determine the purpose of the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.2 Explain the ONE Application's purpose 6.3 Use tools to check on ONRM's sanity and consistency 6.4 Identify the functionality of the Base Station Integration Manager 6.5 Perform Administration of the ENIQ Mediation (ENIQ-M) feature 7 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem architecture 7.2 Determine the Managed Components and Processes used in FM 7.3 Investigate the basic features of GUI Alarm Viewers and FM NMS interfaces 7.4 Navigate the flow of alarms 7.5 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Explain and configure the Alarm Interface to CPP network elements 8.1 Discuss the 3GPP Alarm and Notification IRP Interface 8.2 Describe the CIRP Manager in OSS-RC 8.3 Follow the flow of alarms from network element to FM Kernel 9 Handle AXE common applications and troubleshoot 9.1 Describe the overall architecture of External Access Manager 2011

52 9.2 Explain the main applications from EMT package (SRM, CLS & TGw) 9.3 Configure and Troubleshoot Telnet Gateway (TGw) 9.4 Use SRM and CLS 9.5 Explain the CNA architecture, the different Planned Area's and Jobs 9.6 Verify CNA operation and perform maintenance 9.7 Outline the concept of BCM/BSM Software 9.8 Troubleshoot BSM adjusts 9.9 Explain the concept and architecture of SMIA 9.10 Perform basic troubleshooting on SMIA 10 Handle APG & IOG type AXE network elements in OSS-RC 10.1 Explain the basic network interface to AXE APG & IOG equipment 10.2 Use tools to troubleshoot problems with access to AXE APG & IOG nodes 10.3 Explain the FM interface to AXE APG & IOG nodes 10.4 Use troubleshooting tools to verify alarm flow 10.5 Integrate a new AXE APG network element to OSS 10.6 Verify the setup of SMIA and other recordings on AXE APG & IOG nodes 10.7 Verify the flow of statistical recordings from AXE APG & IOG through OSS SGW 10.8 Explain the commissioning of MSC Blade Cluster 11 Handle M-MGw nodes in OSS-RC 11.1 Clarify the CM interface on M-MGw to OSS-RC 11.2 Explain the Mobile Media Gateway and MSC CM 11.3 Explain the Core Network Configuration Manager 11.4 Explain the overall concept of M-MGw statistical interface to OSS-RC 11.5 Explain the MIA/SGw solution and the data reception in OSS-RC 11.6 Setup new recordings and verify the recording file transfer 11.7 Integrate a new Mobile Media Gateway to OSS-RC 12 Handle the SNMP Supervision Manager Toolkit 12.1 Explain the function of an Alarm Adaptation Unit (AAU) 12.2 Follow the flow of alarms from network element to FM Kernel 12.3 Troubleshoot SNMP alarm transport 13 Handle Telecom Server Platform based nodes in OSS-RC 13.1 Explain functions located on Telecom Server Platform 13.2 Explicate the Configuration Management support 13.3 Determine the Software Management support 13.4 Investigate the Fault Management Interface of TSP 13.5 Determine the Performance Management interface to OSS RC 13.6 Setup new recordings and verify the recording file transfer 13.7 Integrate a new TSP based network element into OSS 14 Handle Integrated Site based nodes in OSS-RC 14.1 Explain functions located on Integrated Site 14.2 Explicate the Configuration Management support 14.3 Determine the Software Management support 14.4 Investigate the Fault Management Interface of IS 14.5 Determine the Performance Management interface to OSS RC 2011

53 14.6 Setup new recordings and verify the recording file transfer 14.7 Integrate a new Integrated Site based network element into OSS 15 Handle Redback Site Edge based nodes in OSS-RC 15.1 Explain functions located on Redback Site Edge 15.2 Explicate Configuration Management support 15.3 Investigate the Fault Management Interface of Redback SE 15.4 Determine the Performance Management interface to OSS RC 15.5 Setup new recordings and verify the recording file transfer 15.6 Integrate a new IMS network element into OSS 16 Handle WPP based nodes in OSS-RC 16.1 Explain the functions located on WPP Platform 16.2 Explicate the Configuration Management WPP support 16.3 Determine the Software Management support 16.4 Investigate the Fault Management Interface of WPP 16.5 Determine the Performance Management interface to OSS RC 16.6 Setup new recordings and verify the recording file transfer 16.7 Integrate a new WPP network element into OSS 17 Use and maintain the O&M Backup Solution (OMBS) 17.1 Describe the OMBS Hardware & Software Architecture 17.2 Investigate the use of the GUI/Command line interfaces to configure Backup Profiles 17.3 Employ the tools perform and verify the backup execution 17.4 Identify the functionality of Bare Metal Restore as part of OMBS 18 Discuss the High Availability Solutions 18.1 Describe the High Availability Cluster Server Solution 18.2 Analyze the HA Cluster Communications 18.3 Perform Administration on HA Cluster systems 18.4 Describe the High Availability Replication Solution 18.5 Compare the different HA-RS Scenarios Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators 2011

54 Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC operations applications related to the Core Network. Suitable courses include: OSS-RC Overview LZU R1A OSS-RC 11.2 Operations LZU R1A OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core LZU R1A Successful completion of the following external courses or equivalent knowledge: Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. Duration and class size The length of the course is 6 days and 5 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where students use an OSS-RC server with connections to either real or simulated network elements. 2011

55 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 2 hours 1 User management 4 hours 2 Disk & Volume Management 3 hours 2 CIF Platform Overview 3 hours 3 CIF Platform Services 4 hours 3 Node Integration General and Data Handling 2 hours 4 Core Network Node OSS-RC Integration 1 hours 4 FM Architecture & Administration 4 hours 4 CPP FM Interface 1 hours 5 AXE Common Components 2 hours 5 AXE APG & IOG Specific 3 hours 5 CORE M-MGw Specific 1.5 hours 6 SNMP SMT FM Interface 2 hours 6 CORE TSP Specific 2 hours 6 CORE IS Specific 2 hours 6 CORE Redback SE Specific 1.5 hours 7 CORE WPP Specific 1 hours 7 OMBS 1 hours 7 High Availability 1 hours 2011

56 OSS-RC 11.2 System Administration for Core and WCDMA/LTE LZU R1A Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections to Core & WCDMA/LTE network elements, administration of the Core Network and & WCDMA/LTE Network related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS-RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Analyze OSS-RC on overview level 1.1 Discuss the different possible hardware architectures of OSS-RC 1.2 Describe the role that OSS-RC plays in supporting a telecommunications network 1.3 Locate key documents in the ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Manage User accounts in OSS-RC 2.1 Discuss the use of LDAP DS versus NIS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS-RC User Accounts 2.3 Modify a User's Authority in TSS 2.4 Use TSS Authority Administration GUI 2.5 Implement TSS Password Administration CLI 3 Discuss the Unified Storage solution 3.1 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure

57 3.2 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC 3.3 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.4 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore. 3.5 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.6 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores 3.7 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces 4 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 4.1 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.2 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.3 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.4 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.5 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.1 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.2 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.3 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.4 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.5 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.6 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.7 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.1 Determine the purpose of the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.2 Explain the ONE Application's purpose 6.3 Use tools to check on ONRM's sanity and consistency 6.4 Identify the functionality of the Base Station Integration Manager 6.5 Perform Administration of the ENIQ Mediation (ENIQ-M) feature 7 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem architecture 7.2 Determine the Managed Components and Processes used in FM 7.3 Investigate the basic features of GUI Alarm Viewers and FM NMS interfaces 7.4 Navigate the flow of alarms 7.5 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Explain and configure the Alarm Interface to CPP network elements 8.1 Discuss the 3GPP Alarm and Notification IRP Interface 8.2 Describe the CIRP Manager in OSS-RC 8.3 Follow the flow of alarms from network element to FM Kernel 9 Handle AXE common applications and troubleshoot 9.1 Describe the overall architecture of External Access Manager 9.2 Explain the main applications from EMT package (SRM, CLS & TGw) 2011

58 9.3 Configure and Troubleshoot Telnet Gateway (TGw) 9.4 Use SRM and CLS 9.5 Explain the CNA architecture, the different Planned Area's and Jobs 9.6 Verify CNA operation and perform maintenance 9.7 Outline the concept of BCM/BSM Software 9.8 Troubleshoot BSM adjusts 9.9 Explain the concept and architecture of SMIA 9.10 Perform basic troubleshooting on SMIA 10 Handle APG & IOG type AXE network elements in OSS-RC 10.1 Explain the basic network interface to AXE APG & IOG equipment 10.2 Use tools to troubleshoot problems with access to AXE APG & IOG nodes 10.3 Explain the FM interface to AXE APG & IOG nodes 10.4 Use troubleshooting tools to verify alarm flow 10.5 Integrate a new AXE APG network element to OSS 10.6 Verify the setup of SMIA and other recordings on AXE APG & IOG nodes 10.7 Verify the flow of statistical recordings from AXE APG & IOG through OSS SGW 10.8 Explain the commissioning of MSC Blade Cluster 11 Handle M-MGw nodes in OSS-RC 11.1 Clarify the CM interface on M-MGw to OSS-RC 11.2 Explain the Mobile Media Gateway and MSC CM 11.3 Explain the Core Network Configuration Manager 11.4 Explain the overall concept of M-MGw statistical interface to OSS-RC 11.5 Explain the MIA/SGw solution and the data reception in OSS-RC 11.6 Setup new recordings and verify the recording file transfer 11.7 Integrate a new Mobile Media Gateway to OSS-RC 12 Handle the SNMP Supervision Manager Toolkit 12.1 Explain the function of an Alarm Adaptation Unit (AAU) 12.2 Follow the flow of alarms from network element to FM Kernel 12.3 Troubleshoot SNMP alarm transport 13 Handle Telecom Server Platform based nodes in OSS-RC 13.1 Explain functions located on Telecom Server Platform 13.2 Explicate the Configuration Management support 13.3 Determine the Software Management support 13.4 Investigate the Fault Management Interface of TSP 13.5 Determine the Performance Management interface to OSS RC 13.6 Setup new recordings and verify the recording file transfer 13.7 Integrate a new TSP based network element into OSS 14 Handle Integrated Site based nodes in OSS-RC 14.1 Explain functions located on Integrated Site 14.2 Explicate the Configuration Management support 14.3 Determine the Software Management support 14.4 Investigate the Fault Management Interface of IS 14.5 Determine the Performance Management interface to OSS RC 14.6 Setup new recordings and verify the recording file transfer 2011

59 14.7 Integrate a new Integrated Site based network element into OSS 15 Handle Redback Site Edge based nodes in OSS-RC 15.1 Handle Redback Site Edge based nodes in OSS-RC 15.2 Explain functions located on Redback Site Edge 15.3 Explicate Configuration Management support 15.4 Investigate the Fault Management Interface of Redback SE 15.5 Determine the Performance Management interface to OSS RC 15.6 Setup new recordings and verify the recording file transfer 15.7 Integrate a new IMS network element into OSS 16 Handle WPP based nodes in OSS-RC 16.1 Explain the functions located on WPP Platform 16.2 Explicate the Configuration Management WPP support 16.3 Determine the Software Management support 16.4 Investigate the Fault Management Interface of WPP 16.5 Determine the Performance Management interface to OSS RC 16.6 Setup new recordings and verify the recording file transfer 16.7 Integrate a new WPP network element into OSS 17 Briefly describe the WCDMA & LTE Radio Access Network 17.1 Outline the Configuration Management solution for WCDMA & LTE 17.2 Demonstrate the use of the Common Explorer 17.3 Use tools to verify the CM consistency 17.4 Integrate a new WCDMA network element into OSS 17.5 Explore the use of BSIM to integrate a new LTE network element into OSS 17.6 Explain the PM interface to CPP Based WCDMA & LTE nodes 17.7 Evaluate the PM concepts of Performance Monitoring & Subscription Profiles 17.8 Explore the use of PMS to verify statistical recordings 18 Use and maintain the O&M Backup Solution (OMBS) 18.1 Describe the OMBS Hardware & Software Architecture 18.2 Investigate the use of the GUI/Command line interfaces to configure Backup Profiles 18.3 Employ the tools perform and verify the backup execution 18.4 Identify the functionality of Bare Metal Restore as part of OMBS 19 Discuss the High Availability Solutions 19.1 Describe the High Availability Cluster Server Solution 19.2 Analyze the HA Cluster Communications 19.3 Perform Administration on HA Cluster systems 19.4 Describe the High Availability Replication Solution 19.5 Compare the different HA-RS Scenarios 2011

60 Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC operations applications related to the Core and WCDMA/LTE Network. Suitable courses include: OSS-RC Overview LZU R1A OSS-RC 11.2 Operations LZU R1A OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for Core and WCDMA LZU R1A Successful completion of the following external courses or equivalent knowledge: Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. Duration and class size The length of the course is 7 days and 3 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where students use an OSS-RC server with connections to either real or simulated network elements. 2011

61 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 2 hours 1 User management 4 hours 2 Disk & Volume Management 3 hours 2 CIF Platform Overview 3 hours 3 CIF Platform Services 4 hours 3 Node Integration General and Data Handling 2 hours 4 WCDMA & Core Network Node OSS-RC Integration 1 hours 4 FM Architecture & Administration 4 hours 4 CPP FM Interface 1 hours 5 AXE Common Components 2 hours 5 AXE APG & IOG Specific 3 hours 5 CORE M-Mgw Specific 1 hours 6 SNMP SMT FM Interface 2 hours 6 CORE TSP Specific 2 hours 6 CORE IS Specific 1 hours 6 CORE Redback SE Specific 1 hours 7 CORE WPP Specific 1 hours 7 WCDMA/LTE Specific 4 Hours 7 OMBS 1 hours 8 High Availability 3 hours 2011

62 OSS-RC 11.2 System Administration for WCDMA/LTE LZU R1A Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections to WCDMA/LTE network elements, administration of the WCDMA/LTE Network related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS- RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Analyze OSS-RC on overview level 1.1 Discuss the different possible hardware architectures of OSS-RC 1.2 Describe the role that OSS-RC plays in supporting a telecommunications network 1.3 Locate key documents in the ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Manage User accounts in OSS-RC 2.1 Discuss the use of LDAP DS versus NIS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS-RC User Accounts 2.3 Modify a User's Authority in TSS 2.4 Use TSS Authority Administration GUI 2.5 Implement TSS Password Administration CLI 3 Discuss the Unified Storage solution 3.1 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure 3.2 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC

63 3.3 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.4 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore. 3.5 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.6 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores 3.7 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces 4 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 4.1 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.2 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.3 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.4 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.5 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.1 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.2 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.3 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.4 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.5 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.6 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.7 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.1 Determine the purpose of the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.2 Explain the ONE Application's purpose 6.3 Use tools to check on ONRM's sanity and consistency 6.4 Identify the functionality of the Base Station Integration Manager 6.5 Perform Administration of the ENIQ Mediation (ENIQ-M) feature 7 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem architecture 7.2 Determine the Managed Components and Processes used in FM 7.3 Investigate the basic features of GUI Alarm Viewers and FM NMS interfaces 7.4 Navigate the flow of alarms 7.5 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Explain and configure the Alarm Interface to CPP network elements 8.1 Discuss the 3GPP Alarm and Notification IRP Interface 8.2 Describe the CIRP Manager in OSS-RC 8.3 Follow the flow of alarms from network element to FM Kernel 9 Briefly describe the WCDMA & LTE Radio Access Network 9.1 Outline the Configuration Management solution for WCDMA & LTE 9.2 Demonstrate the use of the Common Explorer 9.3 Use tools to verify the CM consistency 2011

64 9.4 Integrate a new WCDMA network element into OSS 9.5 Explore the use of BSIM to integrate a new LTE network element into OSS 9.6 Explain the PM interface to CPP Based WCDMA & LTE nodes 9.7 Evaluate the PM concepts of Performance Monitoring & Subscription Profiles 9.8 Explore the use of PMS to verify statistical recordings 10 Use and maintain the O&M Backup Solution (OMBS) 10.1 Describe the OMBS Hardware & Software Architecture 10.2 Investigate the use of the GUI/Command line interfaces to configure Backup Profiles 10.3 Employ the tools perform and verify the backup execution 10.4 Identify the functionality of Bare Metal Restore as part of OMBS 11 Discuss the High Availability Solutions 11.1 Describe the High Availability Cluster Server Solution 11.2 Analyze the HA Cluster Communications 11.3 Perform Administration on HA Cluster systems 11.4 Describe the High Availability Replication Solution 11.5 Compare the different HA-RS Scenarios Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC operations applications related to the Core Network. Suitable courses include: OSS-RC Overview LZU R1A OSS-RC 11.2 Operations LZU R1A OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for WCDMA/LTE LZU R1A Successful completion of the following external courses or equivalent knowledge: Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. Duration and class size 2011

65 The length of the course is 5 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where students use an OSS-RC server with connections to either real or simulated network elements. 2011

66 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 2 hours 1 User management 4 hours 2 Disk & Volume Management 3 hours 2 CIF Platform Overview 3 hours 3 CIF Platform Services 4 hours 3 Node Integration General and Data Handling 2 hours 4 WCDMA/LTE Network Node OSS-RC Integration 1 hours 4 FM Architecture & Administration 4 hours 4 CPP FM Interface 1 hours 5 WCDMA/LTE Specific 4 Hours 5 OMBS 1 hours 5 High Availability 1 hours 2011

67 OSS RC 11.2 CIF Platform Troubleshooting LZU R1A Description Did you ever wonder where the parameters entered in the ARNE GUI are stored? Have you had problems with Network Elements that do not appear in the FM, CNA or WCDMA CM applications after they had both been created in OSS-RC? This course will describe fully where the information is stored and how to troubleshoot problems with the Configuration Services, Notification Service or in any associated areas and collect data relating to the problems. This course will describe all major OSS-RC CIF platform-related software components. It will give a detailed explanation of their use in OSS-RC, possible problems that occur in the CIF platform and how to manage those problems. The course contains exercises dealing with recovery from mild to severe platform-related problems. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Recognize some basic troubleshooting methodology 1.1 Describe CIF s basic architecture 1.2 List third party products used in CIF 1.3 Enlighten the third party products in CIF and OSS 2 Clarify basic object-oriented programming in java 2.1 Discuss general java code execution 2.2 Inspect java server startup files used to start a Managed Component 2.3 Monitor java applications using jconsole 2.4 Manage Glassfish application server in OSS RC 2.5 List and enlighten the major CORBA components 2.6 Explicate the basic CORBA architecture 2.7 Maintain the CORBA Naming Service in OSS-RC 3 Clarify the difference between ODBMS and other database systems

68 3.1 Explain Versant s basic ODBMS architecture 3.2 Administer ODBMS s using the major Versant Database administration tools 3.3 Use the Ericsson support scripts for Versant Database System 4 Troubleshoot parameter faults in Parameter Service, PDB Maps, Self Management parameters and startup parameters 4.1 List the application groups making use of one or another parameter store 4.2 Enlighten the PDB Map solution 4.3 Create, modify and delete information in PDB Map files 4.4 Explain the major building blocks of Parameter Service 4.5 Create, modify and delete information inside of PAS, using the command line interface 4.6 Clarify the launch service 4.7 Debug, reconfigure and reset launch services using Ericsson Tools 5 Enlighten the OMG Notification and Event Service 5.1 Clarify the advantages of OMG Notification Service over Event Service 5.2 Explicate the Notification Service in CIF Platform 5.3 List applications using Notification Service in CIF & OSS-RC 5.4 Manage and test Notification Service operation 5.5 Enlighten the Notification Agent Concept 5.6 Reset Notification Agent and Notification Service using Ericsson tools to reset 6 Recognize the role of the Configuration Service in OSS-RC 6.1 Explain the terminology used in Configuration Service 6.2 Identify the changes in architecture in previous CIF platforms 6.3 Access Configuration Services using Ericsson tools 6.4 Troubleshoot data inconsistencies in a Configuration Service 7 Clarify the Self Management Architecture 7.1 Handle processes in CIF/OSS using tools other than Self Management GUI 7.2 Explain the log and trace functions in CIF Self Management 7.3 Manage Self Management Logs in OSS-RC 8 Recognize the importance of data collection for troubleshooting 8.1 Distinguish the various methods of basic data collection in OSS-RC 8.2 Execute different methods of tracing inherent to Solaris 8.3 Explain the Diagnostic Data Collection (DDC) product 8.4 Extract information from DDC for use in troubleshooting 8.5 Differentiate between the range of DDC Utilities Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Engineers, Service Engineers, System Administrators. 2011

69 Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC, its product structure, and the applications and functions provided. They should be familiar with the common sub-systems, such as Fault Management, Network Statistics and Configuration Managers for WCDMA and/or GSM. It is strongly recommended that the participants have at least one year s practical OSS-RC working experience as Administrators. Preferably students have attended one of the following courses before: OSS-RC 10 Core System Administration LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 CDMA/LTE System Administration LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 IMS System Administration LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 GSM System Administration LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 TSS System Administration LZU R1A Duration and class size The length of the course is 5 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom environment using local or remote equipment. 2011

70 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 1.5 hours Java and Corba essentials 4.5 hours 2 Versant Database Administration 3 hours Application Parameter stores 3 hours 3 Notification Service and Notification Agent 6 hours 4 Configuration Service 6 hours 5 Self Management and Log Service 3 hours 1 Diagnostic Data Collection 3 hours 2011

71 OSS-RC 11.2 System Administration for GSM LZU R1A Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections to GSM network elements, administration of the GSM related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS-RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Analyze OSS-RC on overview level 1.1 Discuss the different possible hardware architectures of OSS-RC 1.2 Describe the role that OSS-RC plays in supporting a telecommunications network 1.3 Locate key documents in the ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Manage User accounts in OSS-RC 2.1 Discuss the use of LDAP DS versus NIS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS-RC User Accounts 2.3 Modify a User's Authority in TSS 2.4 Use TSS Authority Administration GUI 2.5 Implement TSS Password Administration CLI 3 Discuss the Unified Storage Solution 3.1 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure 3.2 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC 3.3 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.4 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore.

72 3.5 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.6 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores 3.7 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces 4 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 4.1 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.2 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.3 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.4 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.5 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.1 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.2 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.3 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.4 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.5 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.6 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.7 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.1 Determine the purpose of the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.2 Explain the ONE Application's purpose 6.3 Use tools to check on ONRM's sanity and consistency 6.4 Identify the functionality of the Base Station Integration Manager 6.5 Perform Administration of the ENIQ Mediation (ENIQ-M) feature 7 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem architecture 7.2 Determine the Managed Components and Processes used in FM 7.3 Investigate the basic features of GUI Alarm Viewers and FM NMS interfaces 7.4 Navigate the flow of alarms 7.5 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Handle AXE common applications and troubleshoot 8.1 Describe the overall architecture of External Access Manager 8.2 Explain the main applications from EMT package (SRM, CLS & TGw) 8.3 Configure and Troubleshoot Telnet Gateway (TGw) 8.4 Use SRM and CLS 8.5 Explain the CNA architecture, the different Planned Area's and Jobs 8.6 Verify CNA operation and perform maintenance 8.7 Outline the concept of BCM/BSM Software 8.8 Troubleshoot BSM adjusts 8.9 Explain the concept and architecture of SMIA 8.10 Perform basic troubleshooting on SMIA 2011

73 9 Handle APG & IOG type AXE network elements in OSS-RC 9.1 Explain the basic network interface to AXE APG & IOG equipment 9.2 Use tools to troubleshoot problems with access to AXE APG & IOG nodes 9.3 Explain the FM interface to AXE APG & IOG nodes 9.4 Use troubleshooting tools to verify alarm flow 9.5 Integrate a new AXE APG network element to OSS 9.6 Verify the setup of SMIA and other recordings on AXE APG & IOG nodes 9.7 Verify the flow of statistical recordings from AXE APG & IOG through OSS SGW 9.8 Explain the commissioning of MSC Blade Cluster 10 Use and maintain the O&M Backup Solution (OMBS) 10.1 Describe the OMBS Hardware & Software Architecture 10.2 Investigate the use of the GUI/Command line interfaces to configure Backup Profiles 10.3 Employ the tools perform and verify the backup execution 10.4 Identify the functionality of Bare Metal Restore as part of OMBS 11 Discuss the High Availability Solutions 11.1 Describe the High Availability Cluster Server Solution 11.2 Analyze the HA Cluster Communications 11.3 Perform Administration on HA Cluster systems 11.4 Describe the High Availability Replication Solution 11.5 Compare the different HA-RS Scenarios Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC operations applications related to the GSM Network. Suitable courses include: OSS-RC 11.2 Overview LZU R1A OSS-RC 11.2 Operations LZU R1A OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM LZU R1A Successful completion of the following external courses or equivalent knowledge: Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. 2011

74 Duration and class size The length of the course is 6 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where students use an OSS-RC server with connections to either real or simulated network elements. 2011

75 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 2 hours 1 User management 4 hours 2 Disk & Volume Management 3 hours 2 CIF Platform Overview 3 hours 3 CIF Platform Services 4 hours 3 Node Integration General and Data Handling 2 hours 4 GSM Network Node OSS-RC Integration 2 hours 4 FM Architecture & Administration 4 hours 5 AXE Common Components 3 hours 5 AXE APG & IOG Specific 3 hours 6 OMBS 3 hours 6 High Availability 3 hours 2011

76 OSS-RC 11.2 System Administration for GSM and WCDMA/LTE LZU R1A Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections to GSM and WCDMA/LTE network elements, administration of the GSM and WCDMA/LTE related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS-RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Analyze OSS-RC on overview level 1.1 Discuss the different possible hardware architectures of OSS-RC 1.2 Describe the role that OSS-RC plays in supporting a telecommunications network 1.3 Locate key documents in the ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Manage User accounts in OSS-RC 2.1 Discuss the use of LDAP DS versus NIS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS-RC User Accounts 2.3 Modify a User's Authority in TSS 2.4 Use TSS Authority Administration GUI 2.5 Implement TSS Password Administration CLI 3 Discuss the Unified Storage solution 3.1 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure 3.2 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC

77 3.3 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.4 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore. 3.5 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.6 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores 3.7 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces 4 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 4.1 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.2 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.3 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.4 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.5 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.1 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.2 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.3 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.4 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.5 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.6 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.7 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.1 Determine the purpose of the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.2 Explain the ONE Application's purpose 6.3 Use tools to check on ONRM's sanity and consistency 6.4 Identify the functionality of the Base Station Integration Manager 6.5 Perform Administration of the ENIQ Mediation (ENIQ-M) feature 7 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem architecture 7.2 Determine the Managed Components and Processes used in FM 7.3 Investigate the basic features of GUI Alarm Viewers and FM NMS interfaces 7.4 Navigate the flow of alarms 7.5 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Explain and configure the Alarm Interface to CPP network elements 8.1 Discuss the 3GPP Alarm and Notification IRP Interface 8.2 Describe the CIRP Manager in OSS-RC 8.3 Follow the flow of alarms from network element to FM Kernel 9 Handle AXE common applications and troubleshoot 9.1 Describe the overall architecture of External Access Manager 9.2 Explain the main applications from EMT package (SRM, CLS & TGw) 9.3 Configure and Troubleshoot Telnet Gateway (TGw) 2011

78 9.4 Use SRM and CLS 9.5 Explain the CNA architecture, the different Planned Area's and Jobs 9.6 Verify CNA operation and perform maintenance 9.7 Outline the concept of BCM/BSM Software 9.8 Troubleshoot BSM adjusts 9.9 Explain the concept and architecture of SMIA 9.10 Perform basic troubleshooting on SMIA 10 Handle APG & IOG type AXE network elements in OSS-RC 10.1 Explain the basic network interface to AXE APG & IOG equipment 10.2 Use tools to troubleshoot problems with access to AXE APG & IOG nodes 10.3 Explain the FM interface to AXE APG & IOG nodes 10.4 Use troubleshooting tools to verify alarm flow 10.5 Integrate a new AXE APG network element to OSS 10.6 Verify the setup of SMIA and other recordings on AXE APG & IOG nodes 10.7 Verify the flow of statistical recordings from AXE APG & IOG through OSS SGW 10.8 Explain the commissioning of MSC Blade Cluster 11 Briefly describe the WCDMA & LTE Radio Access Network 11.1 Outline the Configuration Management solution for WCDMA & LTE 11.2 Demonstrate the use of the Common Explorer 11.3 Use tools to verify the CM consistency 11.4 Integrate a new WCDMA network element into OSS 11.5 Explore the use of BSIM to integrate a new LTE network element into OSS 11.6 Explain the PM interface to CPP Based WCDMA & LTE nodes 11.7 Evaluate the PM concepts of Performance Monitoring & Subscription Profiles 11.8 Explore the use of PMS to verify statistical recordings 12 Use and maintain the O&M Backup Solution (OMBS) 12.1 Describe the OMBS Hardware & Software Architecture 12.2 Investigate the use of the GUI/Command line interfaces to configure Backup Profiles 12.3 Employ the tools perform and verify the backup execution 12.4 Identify the functionality of Bare Metal Restore as part of OMBS 13 Discuss the High Availability Solutions 13.1 Describe the High Availability Cluster Server Solution 13.2 Analyze the HA Cluster Communications 13.3 Perform Administration on HA Cluster systems 13.4 Describe the High Availability Replication Solution 13.5 Compare the different HA-RS Scenarios Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators 2011

79 Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC operations applications related to the GSM and WCDMA/LTE Network. Suitable courses include: OSS-RC 11.2 Overview LZU R1A OSS-RC 11.2 Operations LZU R1A OSS-RC 11.2 Operations for GSM and WCDMA/LTE LZU R1A Successful completion of the following external courses or equivalent knowledge: Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. Duration and class size The length of the course is 5 days and 5 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where students use an OSS-RC server with connections to either real or simulated network elements. 2011

80 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 2 hours 1 User management 4 hours 2 Disk & Volume Management 3 hours 2 CIF Platform Overview 3 hours 3 CIF Platform Services 4 hours 3 Node Integration General and Data Handling 2 hours 4 GSM/WCDMA Network Node OSS-RC Integration 1 hours 4 FM Architecture & Administration 4 hours 4 CPP FM Interface 1 hours 5 AXE Common Components 3 hours 5 AXE APG & IOG Specific 3 hours 6 WCDMA/LTE Specific 4 Hours 6 OMBS 1 hours 6 High Availability 1 hours 2011

81 OSS-RC x.86/blade/storage - Overview LZU R1A Description This course will give the attendee an introduction into the various Technical areas impacted by the move of OSS-RC/ENIQ (& ENIQ Events) to the x86 Hardware Platform. Participants will gain general knowledge of the key Technology impacts of this move, and will learn about the overall Storage Architecture as implemented for x86. The course is conducted as a Presentation and should be seen as a precursor to specific Technical courses within the overall area. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Describe the x86 Architecture 1.1 List the various x86 components 1.2 Understand the relationships between the x86 components 2 Understand the benefits of the new Architecture and its constituent parts 2.1 Be aware of the benefits to be realized from the x86 solution 2.2 Understand the drivers behind the x86 Program Target audience The target audience for this course is: Those who have an interest in understanding the changes occurring with the move to the x86 Architecture environment Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: None Duration and class size

82 The length of the course is 0 days and 3 hours and the maximum number of participants is 12. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led Presentation in a classroom equipped with an LCDprojector 2011

83 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Blade Enclosures Blade Servers EMC Clarion Storage Virtual Connect Symantec SFS VLANs

84 X86 COMInf Maintenance and Administration LZU R1A Description With the experience of this course students will be capable of maintaining and administrating a new X86 deployment. They will develop knowledge of the system layout, the software used to control the various servers/aspects of the systems and the technologies behind them. This will aid in the area of low level troubleshooting. The course will include X86 blade chassis, SFS and Clariion activites. The course consists of individual Modules relating to the various technology areas residing behind the OSS, ENIQ Events and ENIQ Statistics, and is conducted as a number of Presentations with demonstrations as appropriate of various administration and maintenance activities. Learning objectives On completion of this course, particpants should have a clear understanding of the various Hardware Components of the x86 solution, in additon to understanding how the overall Hardware Architecture is implemented. This provides a sound platform from which to commence further in-depth x86 Technical training if required. 1 Introduction to x86 Maintenance and Administration 1.1 Objectives 1.2 COMInf 1.3 SFS Purpose 1.4 Hardware Deployment 2 HP C The Chassis 2.2 The Blades 2.3 Onboard Administrator 2.4 Integrated Lights Out 2.5 Virtual Connect 2.6 Virtual Connect Manager 3 SFS 3.1 Introduction to SFS 3.2 System Overview 3.3 User Interfaces 3.4 NAS API

85 4 Clariion CX-Series 4.1 Introduction to the Clariion Series 4.2 The Basics of Clariion SANs 4.3 Navisphere 4.4 Unisphere Target audience The target audience for this course is: The target audience for this course is staff who will have any type of Technical involvement (configuration, support, implementation etc.) with OSS or ENIQ within an x86 Architecture environment. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with the current Network and /or Storage Architecture of SPARC based OSS or ENIQ deployments; Have a working knowledge of OSS System Administration, or to have sat any of the OSS-RC System Administration courses. Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 day and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and demonstrations in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where access to Test x86 machines is available. 2011

86 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction to X86 Maintenance and Administration 3 1 HP C SFS 1 1 Clariion CX-Series

87 OSS-RC 11.2 High Availability Cluster Solution Operation and Maintenance LZU R1A Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about the operation and maintenance of a High Availability Cluster Solution (HA-CS) OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle standard and corrective maintenance of a HA-CS system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage cluster components, service group and failover issues in the OSS-RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the components and structure of the HA-CS OSS-RC system. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain a HA-CS OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the online documentation. It should be noted that this course is a continuation of the OSS-RC administration courses, and is related soley to operation and maintenance tasks related to a HA-CS OSS-RC system. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Define the overall concepts of High Availability (HA) 1.1 Identify the need for High Availability 1.2 Recognize the causes of downtime 1.3 Describe the HA customer benefits 1.4 Discuss Ericsson HA-CS Solution 2 Describe the HA-CS overview 2.1 Recognize the HA-CS software components 2.2 Recognize the HA-CS hardware components 2.3 Differentiate between the various HA-CS Cluster components 2.4 Examine the HA-CS Cluster communication 2.5 Recognize HA-CS deviations from a standard OSS-RC 3 Perform HA-CS Cluster Administration 3.1 Investigate HA-CS Cluster Directories 3.2 Inspect HA-CS Cluster Logs

88 3.3 Differentiate between HA-CS Cluster Admin Tools & Interfaces 3.4 Compare and contrast the Cluster Explorer, VCS Cluster Management Console, VCS Web GUI, VCS CLI and HATool 3.5 Execute HATool and employ it to evaluate and administer the HA-CS Cluster 4 Coordinate the HA-CS Cluster Maintenance 4.1 Apply Periodic Maintenance Tasks 4.2 Recognize and respond to HA-CS Fault Behavior 4.3 Conduct HA-CS Corrective Maintenance Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Engineers, Service Engineers, System Administrators Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC, its product structure, and the applications and functions provided. Preferably students have attended ONE of the following courses before: OSS-RC 11.2 System Administration for Core LZU R1A OSS-RC 11.2 System Administration for GSM LZU R1A OSS-RC 11.2 System Administration for WCDMA/LTE LZU R1A Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 5 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom environment. 2011

89 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction to High Availability 1 hr 1 HA Cluster Solution Overview 2 hr 1/2 HA-CS Cluster Administration 4 hr 2 HA-CS Cluster Maintenance 4 hr 2011

90 OSS Common Explorer Workshop LZU Description In OSS-RC R6.3 the WRAN Explorer was removed and replaced with the WCDMA-LTE Common Explorer. In this course the student will learn how to use the CEX for WCDMA RAN configuration and will be introduce the processes to estabilish and maintain the performance of the WCDMA radio network. This course allows the student to gain knowledge with initial set-up, configuration and fine tuning of the WCDMA network using CEX and other OSS-RC R6 tools. The students will gain an understanding of how to use OSS-RC tools appropriately to ensure more efficient network management and a higher quality network. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Briefly introduce the WCDMA Network Elements and their responsibility in the WCDMA network 1.1 Discuss the OSS-RC R6 applications that are available to operators for WCDMA configuration, performance management and optimization. 1.2 Identify the advantages of using OSS-RC and CEX for WCDMA RAN configuration 2 Discuss the CEX application and how it compares to the WCDMA RAN Explorer 2.1 Identify the different views available in the CEX for monitoring of the WCDMA network. 2.2 Understand the actions available from each CEX view. 2.3 Start applications and perform high level troubleshooting 3 Identify the configuration tasks available from the CEX 3.1 Examine the methods for viewing and editing Network Elements, MOs, Cells and Areas. 3.2 Understand how to update the WCDMA network. 4 Identify the CIF Management Console and its functions 4.1 Examine the various error messages that may be presented in the Common Explorer 4.2 Understand how to perform some basic troubleshooting steps.

91 Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, System Engineers. The target audience will be responsible for the configuration of the WCDMA RAN using OSS-RC R6. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: Ericsson WCDMA Overview LZU Optionally: WCDMA RAN P7 Functionality LZU WCDMA RAN P7 Operation LZU Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation This course is based on theoretical and practical instructor-led lessons given in both classroom and in a technical environment using equipment and tools. 2011

92 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 1 The Common Explorer Operation 2 Configuration using the Common Explorer 2 Basic Troubleshooting

93 OSS Navigator Operation LZU R1A Description OSS Navigator provides a highly flexible product for Service Management with focus on Monitoring and Surveillance. This course will give the student knowledge about Operation of the OSS Navigator system. Note: This course will detail the functions available for the OSS Navigator operator. For OSS Navigator Administrators course please see the OSS Navigator Administration Course Description LZU Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Describe the OSS Navigators features on a high level 1.1 Describe the OSS Navigator history 1.2 Explain Fault Monitoring OSS Navigator 1.3 Explain Performance Monitoring in OSS Navigator 1.4 Explain Service Level Management 1.5 Explain Configuration Management in OSS Navigator 1.6 Understand the Different implementation scenarios 2 Operate the OSS Navigator GUI 2.1 Describe the basic functions 2.2 Describe the 9 concepts of OSS Navigator 2.3 Launch the main GUI 2.4 Open the Ericsson and MO Documentation 2.5 Understand the different views 2.6 Customize the GUI 3 Use OSS Navigator for daily FM operations 3.1 Understand Basic FM in OSS Navigator 3.2 Perform Acknowledge and Delete of Alarms 3.3 Create and Use Alarm Filters 3.4 Switch Between the Different Views of FM 3.5 Understand Alarm Propagation in OSS Navigator 4 Use OSS Navigator for daily PM operations 4.1 View and Understand KPIs 4.2 Operate the Analyzer Tool

94 4.3 Understand SLA Early Warnings 4.4 Understand Alarms Triggered by KPI Threshold 4.5 Understand Business Objects in OSS Navigator 5 Understand SLM in the OSS Navigator implementation 5.1 Explain The Current Service Status 5.2 Explain the Service View 5.3 Run Root Cause Analysis 6 Monitor SLAs with OSS Navigator 6.1 Understand the difference between SLAs and SLOs 7 Explain the different Tech Packs and their features 7.1 Explain the Charging System Tech Pack 7.2 Explain the Topology and Alarm Integrator Tech Pack 7.3 Explain the GSM Tech Pack 7.4 Explain the WCDMA Tech Pack 7.5 Explain the MSC Pool Tech Pack 7.6 Explain the LTE Tech Pack 8 Operate and customize the MyNavigator Web Portal 8.1 Explain the features and functions of MyNavigator 8.2 Login/Logout from the MyNavigator Portal 8.3 Customize The Portal Page Target audience The target audience for this course is: The target audience for this course is operators of the OSS Navigator system. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: Be familiar with Fault Management, Performance Management. Duration and class size The length of the course is 2 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. The exercises are mainly case oriented where the participant is expected to investigate 2011

95 applications. 2011

96 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 1 1 GUI 1,5 1 Fault Monitoring 1,5 1 Performance Monitoring 2 2 Service Level Management 1,5 2 Service Level Agreements 1,5 2 Tech Packs 2 2 MyNavigator Portal

97 OSS Navigator System Administration LZU R1A Description OSS Navigator provides a highly flexible product for Service Management with focus on Monitoring and Surveillance. This course will give the student knowledge about System Administration of the OSS Navigator. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Describe the Ericsson solution for OSS Navigator integrated with OSS-RC or standalone on an overview level 1.1 Describe the role OSS Navigator plays in the overall Network Management System 1.2 List the Navigator hardware and software architecture 1.3 Describe the functionality that OSS Navigator offers for FM, PM and SLM on an overview level 1.4 Describe multi-oss integration and multi-vendor capability 1.5 List the available Tech Packs 1.6 Locate key documentation for OSS Navigator 2 Handle user administration 2.1 List key system users in the Navigator Server 2.2 Create users in the MO server and prepare them for OSS-RC 2.3 Modify a user s authority 2.4 Create and customize groups in MO 2.5 Implement security hardening of the OSS Navigator 3 Perform platform administration 3.1 Maintain the Solaris x86 system, zfs zones and file systems 3.2 Maintain Sybase database, Citrix Server 3.3 List the Navigator server network interfaces 4 Perform Navigator administration 4.1 Describe the Service Model concept 4.2 Configure the Topology Uploader, KPI Fetcher, ESM and Operational Tasks 4.3 Perform basic administration of Managed Objects 4.4 Maintain Topology Upload functionality 4.5 Administrate mynavigator 5 Perform Navigator System Integrations 5.1 Perform OSS-RC integrations

98 5.2 Perform Charging System node integrations 5.3 Perform Ericsson Service Status Alarm integrations 5.4 Describe the basic steps of performing Market Adaptations 6 Handle Installation, Backup and Restore Procedures 6.1 List the basic steps in the installation process and upgrade procedure 6.2 Perform regular backups of the OSS Navigator Server 6.3 Perform a partial or full restore of the OSS Navigator server Target audience The target audience for this course is: The target audience for this course are System Administrators of OSS Navigator System. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with Sun Solaris workstations, window-based computer interfaces and OSS-RC. Preferably the participant should have attended the course: - OSS Navigator Operation LZU Duration and class size The length of the course is 2 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. The exercises are mainly case oriented where the participant is expected to investigate applications. 2011

99 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS Navigator Introduction 1 h 1 User Administration 2 h 1 Platform Administration 2 h 1-2 Navigator Administration 3 h 2 System Integration 2 h 2 Backup and Restore 2 h 2011

100 Using the Fault Management expert (FMX) Tool LZU R6A Description This course is based upon the release of OSS-RC R10 with FMX. The student will gain knowledge about the purpose of FMX regarding the contents, functionality and the connection to other applications in the management system. The course will discuss the use of FMX as a tool to develop and maintain an expert system for intelligent alarm handling, that is, to encorporate and apply expert knowledge in rules, which are put into FMX modules. The main focus will be on how to create, develop and administer FMX modules and rules. In a safe training environment, the students are guided through structured exercises, where mistakes are turned into a learning opportunity rather than creating network problems. The course can also be delivered on site. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Describe what FMX is: 1.1 Identify where and how FMX is used in the management system and describe the purpose of FMX 1.2 Follow the general flow of an alarm record when FMX is used 1.3 Review the concepts of module, event discriminator and rule 2 Use the FMX user interfaces to: 2.1 Create and maintain FMX modules 2.2 Create rules in the FMX Rule editor 2.3 Test FMX modules and their contents 2.4 Work according to a workflow 3 Use the FMX for rule design: 3.1 Configure the different building blocks in the Rule Editor 3.2 Design and create one s own FMX alarms 3.3 Describe the concept of objects and attributes used in FMX 4 Use advanced features in FMX to: 4.1 Administer the FMX application 4.2 Execute actions and retrieve results between FMX and a network element 4.3 Interact with the UNIX environment

101 Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Engineers, System Administrators. This audience can also include anyone who will come in contact with FMX. For example, FMX administrators and FM users, working with a system with FMX installed, can also benefit from this course. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with Fault Management. or Successful completion of the following courses: GSM or WCDMA Network Fundamentals FAB or equivalent knowledge GSM or WCDMA Network Surveillance LZU OSS-RC 10 Common Applications for NM (3 days Workshop) LZU Experience in object-oriented programming is an advantage Duration and class size The length of the course is 4 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 6. The course can also be delivered as part of the FMX Starter Package service (see 3/ FAP ), in which case the course is 3 days Learning situation This course is based on theoretical and practical instructor-led lessons given in both classroom and in a technical environment using equipment and tools, which are accessed remotely. 2011

102 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 What is FMX? 1 1 Working with FMX 3 1 Tools for Rule Design 2 2 Tools for Rule Design 6 3 Tools for Rule Design 6 4 Features and Rule Implementation

103 ENIQ 11 Statistics, Overview LZU Description ENIQ, SDM, KPI, BIS, WAS, BOXI, IQ! Too many abbreviations? Not enough time? With the increasing number of statistical data generated by your network (3G, IMS, LTE, IP convergence), you will need to understand what the new Ericsson performance management solution (ENIQ) is, and what it replaces (SDM). You will also want to know how it can support statistics for Ericsson and other vendor s technologies. This course is intended for users who are new to ENIQ, but are familiar with Performance Management (PM). It describes the functionalities of the latest ENIQ, how it brings value to your business, and how it differs from the previous solutions and previous releases. It is the must-have first step to take before attending the following ENIQ 11 Statistics courses: Operation (Product reports), Operation (Customer reports), Report migration workshop, System and dataflow administration. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Relate to the ENIQ reporting solution 1.1 Differentiate statistics and events reporting 1.2 Recognize the ENIQ Web Portal reports 1.3 Search the CPI for generic ENIQ information 2 Discuss the basic concepts involved in ENIQ 2.1 Identify 3 reasons why ENIQ was introduced 2.2 Recognize the relationship between the ENIQ components 2.3 Name the benefits of Sybase IQ over alternative types of databases 2.4 Underline the degree of integration of ENIQ with OSS-RC 3 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ performance management solution 3.1 Clarify the network configurations 3.2 Identify the ENIQ related application (for operation and administration) 3.3 State in one s own words how the data reaches the reports 3.4 Explore the Customer Documentation to identify which technologies are supported by ENIQ 4 Illustrate the features and functionalities of ENIQ 4.1 Clarify the data aggregation principles 4.2 Compare ENIQ with SDM

104 Target audience The target audience for this course is: Service Planning Engineer, Service Design Engineer, Network Design Engineer, Network Deployment Engineer, Service Deployment Engineer, System Technician, Service Technician, Service Engineer, System Engineer, Field Technician, System Administrator, Application Developer, Business Developer, Customer Care Administrator; who are involved in reporting on Performance Management, or are otherwise impacted by ENIQ. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with: Core or Radio Access Network Fundamentals Be familiar with Performance Management for a given managed technology (Core, GSM, WCDMA, LTE, etc.) Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 16. Learning situation This course is based on instructor led lessons and demonstrations. 2011

105 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction ENIQ reporting solution 1 1 ENIQ concepts 1 1 Ericsson Network IQ PM Solution ENIQ functionalities Conclusion and post-test

106 ENIQ 11 Events, Operation LZU Description The packet switched network produces a number of very useful events describing in details the various steps and phases of a data connection. But these events collected in a binary format are not always easy to exploit. ENIQ Events will be to the event reporting what ENIQ Statistics has been to the reporting on counters: it will make it easier, faster, and more user-friendly. This course will introduce you to the ENIQ Events technology, and will allow you to use the web interface functionalities to report on and troubleshoots on various aspects of the packet switched connection. The subscriber, network element, and terminal oriented views will be used to allow you to monitor the service quality from a number of different vantage points: You will also learn what an end-user needs to know about the system administration, and how ENIQ Event will evolve in the near future. After this course you will be ready to exploit the binary files produced by the SGSN in the Ericsson base station subsystem (BSS), and you will be ready for future developments hat will see more nodes and more vendors supported. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Introduce ENIQ 1.1 Differentiate statistics and events reporting 1.2 Outline the Sybase IQ database 1.3 Review the documentation 2 ENIQ Events concepts 2.1 Describe the GPRS events dataflow 2.2 List the ENIQ Events products and components 2.3 Understand the impact of gathering and mediating the SGSN-MME 2G input files 2.4 Relate to the storage and access of the raw event data 2.5 Present the data aggregation and retention strategy 2.6 Refer to the backup strategy 2.7 List the user interface technology packages (TP s) 3 Analyse and visualize data using the graphical user interface features 3.1 Launch and navigate the GUI

107 3.2 Recognize the common menu features 3.3 Exploit event data as tables and charts at the different network levels 3.4 Visualize terminal events and KPI s 3.5 Visualize subscriber session events 3.6 Rank the data 4 ENIQ Events support 4.1 Recall the tasks performed by the system administrators 4.2 Gather troubleshooting information and report issues Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineer, Network Deployment Engineer, Service Deployment Engineer, System Technician, Service Technician, Service Engineer, System Engineer, System Administrator, Customer Care Administrator; who are involved in reporting on packet switched event, or are otherwise impacted by ENIQ Events. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with the GPRS nodes, in particular the SGSN or MME nodes, and events workflow. Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. The exercises are mainly case oriented where the participant is expected to investigate applications. 2011

108 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction and pre-test ENIQ 11 introduction 1 1 ENIQ 11 Events concepts 1 1 Graphical user interface 2 1 Support and troubleshooting 1 1 Conclusion and post-test

109 ENIQ 11 Statistics, Operation (Customer reports) LZU Description You know that ENIQ is the Ericsson performance management tool that matches the increasing complexity of your network. You are familiar with the performance management of your network, and you are already using the ENIQ product reports relevant to your technology. But you want to leverage the flexibility of ENIQ to customize reports and universes; including better scheduling of reports, the use of the Alarm Module, and the customization of Busy Hours criteria. This course is intended for users who are familiar with ENIQ, and need to customize/create basic reports. It provides an insight in the structure of universes and basic report design. Following this course you will better prepared to create and customize basic reports, but it will also prepare you to attend further courses. To migrate your existing customized reports or design more complex reports, you can attend the ENIQ 11 Statistics, Report migration workshop which is designed to answer your real-life issues and is best delivered on your equipment. Note: This course will detail the product reporting in ENIQ; it does not deal with specific counter values or KPI s interpretation, this is covered in the corresponding PM courses. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Remember ENIQ Product reports 1.1 Introduce ENIQ 1.2 Run a product report set in the Web Portal 1.3 Refresh a product sub-report in the Web Intelligence Rich Client 1.4 Explore the documentation 2 Define an ad-hoc report 2.1 Create a sub-report (Raw, Day, Day BH) 2.2 Use a customized busy hour criteria 2.3 Select query objects 2.4 Filter a query 2.5 Create once-off operational KPI s at report level 2.6 Publish a customer report set 3 Study a BO universe s structure 3.1 Connect the universe objects to the SQL query

110 3.2 Navigate the Business Objects Designer interface 3.3 Use linked universes 3.4 Create re-usable variables at universe level 4 Customize reports design 4.1 Manipulate tables and charts 4.2 Use formats and format templates 4.3 Modify a product sub-report for scheduling 5 Set up statistical alarms 5.1 Clarify the workflow relating to performance alarm generation 5.2 Recognize the different types of templates, and when to use them 5.3 Create a defined alarm type, using the Web Intelligence Rich Client 5.4 Activate a defined alarm type, using the alarm configuration interface 6 Discuss the steps to follow before seeking assistance 6.1 Determine who is responsible to deal with what challenge 6.2 Gather relevant information 6.3 Escalate the issue after having documented the steps taken to identify and resolve the issue Target audience The target audience for this course is: Service Deployment Engineer, System Technician, Service Technician, Service Engineer, System Engineer; who are involved in creating PM reports, or are otherwise impacted by ENIQ reporting. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: ENIQ 11 Statistics, Overview ENIQ 11 Statistics, Operation (Product reports) Core or Radio Access Network Fundamentals Be familiar with Performance Management for a given managed technology (Core, GSM, WCDMA, LTE, etc.) Duration and class size The length of the course is 2 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation 2011

111 The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. The exercises are mainly case oriented where the participant is expected to investigate applications. 2011

112 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction and pre-test ENIQ product reports Report creation ENIQ universes structure 2 1/2 Customizing reports 3 2 Statistical alarms 3 2 Report troubleshooting 1 2 Conclusion and post-test

113 ENIQ 11 Statistics, Operation (Product reports) LZU R1A Description You know that ENIQ is the Ericsson performance management (PM) tool that matches the increasing complexity of your network. You also know that it is very intuitive to use, but you want to ensure you make the best of the default functionalities delivered with your PM solution. This course is intended for users who are new to ENIQ, but are familiar with performance management. It provides a practical understanding on how to best use the Product Reports day-to-day. Following this course you will be better prepared to use report published on the Web portal, but it will also prepare you to attend further ENIQ 11 Statistics courses. To create your own reports you can attend Operation (Customer reports) and Report migration workshop; to administer ENIQ you can attend System and dataflow administration. Note: This course will detail the product reporting in ENIQ; it does not deal with specific counter values or KPI s interpretation, this is covered in the corresponding PM courses. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Introduce ENIQ 1.1 Present ENIQ statistics PM solution 1.2 Access operator s applications 2 Perform the reporting operations using the Web Portal 2.1 Navigate the Web Portal interface 2.2 Run a product report set 2.3 Exploit the output 2.4 Publish a report in a folder and to categories 2.5 Configure the web portal to improve operations 3 Practice the reporting operations using the Web Intelligence Rich Client 3.1 Navigate the Web Intelligence Rich Client interface 3.2 Run a product sub-report 3.3 Schedule a sub-report 3.4 Manage sub-report instances 4 Refer to the ENIQ documentation 4.1 List the KPI s contained in the product reports

114 4.2 Describe the database content 4.3 Relate the universe references to the database content 4.4 Review the supporting documentation Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineer, Network Deployment Engineer, Service Deployment Engineer, System Technician, Service Technician, Service Engineer, System Engineer, System Administrator, Customer Care Administrator; who are involved in reporting on using PM reports, or are otherwise impacted by ENIQ. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: ENIQ 11, Overview Core or Radio Access Network Fundamentals Be familiar with Performance Management for a given managed technology (Core, GSM, WCDMA, LTE, etc.) Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. The exercises are mainly case oriented where the participant is expected to investigate applications. 2011

115 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction and pre-test ENIQ introduction Perform the reporting operations using the Web Portal 2 1 Practice the reporting operations using the Web Intelligence Rich Client 2 1 ENIQ Documentation Conclusion and post-test

116 ENIQ 11 Statistics, Report migration workshop LZU Description You have knowledge about the ENIQ performance management capabilities. You are now acquainted with the operation of ENIQ using product and customer reports, but need further comprehensiveness of this new performance tool. You know ENIQ is an improvement on the previous solutions, in terms of performance and capacity, but you were used to the old ways, with the old reports. You feel some reports are missing, some counter information seems to no be available, and you do not know where to start. ENIQ 11 Statistics, Overview and ENIQ 11 Statistics, Operation courses were aimed at developing your competency in using ENIQ from scratch. This ENIQ Migration Workshop will guide you in the process of mapping your existing reports to ensure all your information is taken into account. It will be based on a migration from SDM to ENIQ as a use case, but will provide you with startegies to perform migrations from other systems. It will also demonstrate some of the most common pitfalls in migrating your reports, in order to retain as much backward compatibility as possible. At this stage the conceptual differences between your previous PM solution and ENIQ will become clearer. This workshop is extremely flexible, and is aimed at resolving real-life issues. Therefore it is even more beneficial if delivered on your equipment. At the end of this course you will be able to migrate yourself reports of low to medium complexity, and you will be able to prepare and monitor the migration of more complex reports if you require Ericsson to take care of them as a service. Note: This course does not deal with specific counter values or KPI s interpretation, this is covered in the corresponding PM courses. It is not a substitute for Business Objects training if you are involved in developing reports. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Report using ENIQ (product and customer reports) 1.1 Give an overview of ENIQ 1.2 Run reports in ENIQ 1.3 Customize reports in ENIQ 2 Map previous report objects to ENIQ objects 2.1 Inventory counter objects from reports 2.2 Identify the BO universe objects or SQL queries objects

117 2.3 Trace the universe object back to the node level counters 2.4 Ensure the counters are collected from the nodes 2.5 Match the counters back to the ENIQ BO universe 3 Migrate a simple report 3.1 Agree on complexity criteria 3.2 Identify reports qualifying for migration 3.3 Import a BO 6.5 (*.rep) subreport to the BO XI Deski (*.rep) format 3.4 Migrate a Deski (*.rep) report to the Webi format (*.wid) 3.5 Re-use the mapping techniques 4 Customize and improve appearance of a migrated report 4.1 Customize complex layouts 4.2 Customize the header 4.3 Create charts 4.4 View and edit formulas 4.5 Sort and filter reports 4.6 Highlight thresholds using alerters 4.7 Enhance the data presentation by breaking down the output 4.8 Work with layout templates 4.9 Migrate a report using a template report 4.10 Publish a report 4.11 Schedule a report 5 Work with BO report contexts 5.1 Differentiate between input context and output context 5.2 Determine default context 5.3 Use BO functions to manage contextual calculations 5.4 Add and remove dimensions to and from the context (ForEach, ForAll) 5.5 Define an ad-hoc context (In, etc.) 6 Implement backward compatibility 6.1 Edit a customized (linked) BO universes 6.2 Explore the BO universe structure 6.3 Manage prompts, and select the time or object resolution 6.4 Create or modify report conditions 6.5 Create KPI s in reports and in the universes 6.6 Use aggregation awareness 6.7 Create multiple data providers when using multiple tables 6.8 Use common dimensions in different "contexts" 6.9 Implement differential time and group aggregation 6.10 Manage cell sets/area functionality 7 Manage special type of counters 7.1 Work with incremental counters 7.2 Work with PDF vector counters 7.3 Work with DDM vector counters 7.4 Handle counters with special aggregation or resolution characteristics 7.5 Use contextual aggregation to simplify KPI/variable creation 2011

118 8 Resolve real-life issues 8.1 Migrate a real-life report 8.2 Recreate a lost counter 8.3 Handle customized busy hours 8.4 Follow the life-cycle of a performance alarm 8.5 Resolve other real-life issues Target audience The target audience for this course is: Service Deployment Engineer, Service Engineer, System Engineer; who are involved in creating complex PM reports or migrating them from a non-eniq system to ENIQ. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: ENIQ 11 Statistics, Overview, or extensive ENIQ experience ENIQ 11 Statistics, Operation (Product reports) ENIQ 11 Statistics, Operation (Customer reports) BOXI reporting experience, if possible involved with customer s requirements Core or Radio Access Network Fundamentals Be familiar with Performance Management for a given managed technology (Core, GSM, WCDMA, LTE, etc.) Duration and class size The length of the course is 3 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on workshop activities, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. The exercises are mainly case oriented where the participant is expected to investigate applications. 2011

119 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction and pre-test Report using ENIQ (product and customer reports) Map previous report objects to ENIQ objects Migrate a simple report and 2 Customize and improve appearance of a migrated report Work with contexts Implement backward compatibility Manage special type of counters Student-driven cases/issues Conclusion and post-test

120 ENIQ 11, System and dataflow administration (Events and Statistics) LZU R2A Description ENQ Events and ENIQ Statistics differ in their end-user interfaces, but are very similar in their administration. They are based on Sybase IQ, a database which in itself requires very little administration, and are both using similar implementations of the ENIQ server. This course is for anyone responsible for the administration of an Ericsson Network IQ System. It will focus on the daily, weekly and monthly task to be performed by an ENIQ System Administrator. It will also highlight differences between the ENIQ Statistics and Events administration. Finally it will give a larger perspective by experiencing the reporting aspect of ENIQ, and by looking at what happens behind the scene to make ENIQ a future-proof performance management solution. If you are also involved in migrating existing statistical reports, this training may be a very good complement to the ENIQ 11 Statistics, Report migration workshop. Note: This course will detail the administration of ENIQ; it does not deal with specific counter values, KPI s interpretation or Event handling, this is covered in the corresponding PM courses. It is not a substitute for OSS-RC System Administration, Solaris, Business Objects or Sybase training if involved in developing reports, advanced system administration, or platform troubleshooting. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Experience the reporting and monitoring solution 1.1 Run a statistical report on Web Portal 1.2 Create a report in Web Intelligence Rich Client 1.3 View events and KPI s in Events UI 1.4 Explore other ENIQ PM tools 2 Discuss the system specifications 2.1 Identify the possible hardware configurations 2.2 Identify the installation requirements 2.3 List the main steps involved in installing ENIQ systems 2.4 Refer to the ENIQ to OSS-RC integration components

121 3 Perform system maintenance tasks 3.1 Remember the shutdown/start-up sequence for the different systems 3.2 Perform the required system user maintenance tasks 3.3 Manage BO applications, reports and users for Statistics 3.4 Monitor the ENIQ systems and manage ENIQ sets 3.5 Configure logging details 3.6 Maintain a healthy and consistent file system 3.7 Adjust data retention 3.8 Manage busy hours for Statistics 3.9 Outline the principles of backup management 3.10 Investigate OSS-RC side of alarm management for Statistics 4 Analyze the data workflow 4.1 Browse the directory structure 4.2 Manually upload data 4.3 Monitor the data loading 4.4 Monitor the data aggregations and initiate data re-aggregation 4.5 Configure monitoring thresholds 4.6 Verify the data 4.7 Manage unknown cells for Events 5 Examine the structure of the Sybase IQ database 5.1 Access the partitioned tables and the views 5.2 Correlate the data and database users 5.3 Recognize the connection between the BO XI SQL statements and the stored data for Statistics 5.4 Query the database using SQL GUI s or CLI 6 Practice the administration tasks and experience the tools 6.1 Recall the data workflow and the administration tools 6.2 Execute day to day administration tasks related to: system status, dataflow monitoring, daily aggregations, system memory, backup 6.3 Perform some of the weekly administration tasks related to: backup, disk space, weekly BH aggregations 6.4 Plan the monthly administration tasks, including the follow-up of monthly BH aggregations 6.5 Consider non-eniq tasks 7 Diagnose reporting issues and perform basic troubleshooting 7.1 Determine roles and responsibilities 7.2 Recall the known issues and troubleshoot them. 2011

122 Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrator, Network Deployment Engineer, Service Deployment Engineer, Application Developer; who are involved in planning, installing, administering or maintaining an ENIQ system. (Events or Statistics) Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: For ENIQ Statistics: ENIQ 11 Statistics, Overview AND ENIQ 11 Statistics, Operation (Product reports); - Core or Radio Access Network Fundamentals - Be familiar with Performance Management for a given managed technology (Core, GSM, WCDMA, LTE, etc.) AND/OR, for ENIQ Events: ENIQ 11 Events, Operation The participants should be familiar with the GPRS nodes and events workflow, in particular the SGSN or MME nodes. AND for both: IP Fundamentals Intermediate System Administration for the Solaris 10 operating System 3PP Sun Duration and class size The length of the course is 4 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. The exercises are mainly case oriented where the participant is expected to investigate applications related to the administration of ENIQ

123 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction and pre-test Statistics reporting and Events monitoring and 2 System specifications System maintenance and 3 Data workflow Database structure Administrator s tasks and tools Troubleshooting Conclusion and post-test Conclusion and post-test

124 ENIQ 2 Overview LZU Description With the increasing number of statistical data generated by the 3G Technology (WCDMA) and the Service Layer (IMS), you will need to understand what the new Ericsson Performance Management (ENIQ) is, and what it replaces (SDM). You will also want to know how it can support other technologies. This course is intended for users who are new to ENIQ, but are familiar with Performance Management (PM) for RAN and Core. It describes the functionalities of ENIQ, how it brings value to your business, and how it differs from the previous solutions. There is a ENIQ Web Portal demonstration which will introduce you to the efficiency and effectiveness of ENIQ. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Discuss the fundamental concepts involved in ENIQ 1.1 Identify the reasons why ENIQ was introduced 1.2 Recognise the relationship between the ENIQ components 1.3 Underline the degree of integration between ENIQ and OSS-RC 2 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ Performance Management Solution 2.1 Name the advantages of Sybase IQ over alternative types of databases 2.2 Describe the possible network configurations 2.3 Explore the Customer Documentation to identify which technologies are supported by ENIQ 3 Illustrate the features and functionalities of ENIQ 3.1 Describe in ones own words how the data reaches the reports 3.2 Clarify the data aggregation principles 3.3 Compare ENIQ with SDM 4 Demonstrate the end-to-end PM solution 4.1 Research the CPI for report definitions 4.2 Explain the basic types of counters that can be collected 4.3 Underline the main OSS-RC mediation systems 4.4 Restate the data workflow and recall it when troubleshooting report generation

125 Target audience The target audience for this course is: Management team, Sales Team, System Technicians, System Engineers, Field Technicians and anyone who works with PM and needs to be familiar with the ENIQ solution. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: CORE, GRAN or WCDMA Network Fundamentals. Students must also be familiar with Core, GRAN or WCDMA Performance Management Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 16. Learning situation 2011

126 This course is based on instructor led lessons and demonstrations. 2011

127 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated time 1 ENIQ Fundamentals 1 hour Technical Background 1.5 hours ENIQ Concepts 1.5 hours Performance Management 1.5 hours Demonstration of Web Portal 0.5 hours 2011

128 Ericsson Network IQ 2 Delta LZU Description You have been trained on Ericsson Network IQ 1, and you know all about it being the new Ericsson Performance Management (ENIQ) multi-technology and multi-vendor solution, and how it is an improvement on the previous OSS-RC solution (SDM). And already you hear about the new release, ENIQ 2, with a new Business Objects XI and a new server (BIS). To make sense of what has changed, and what remains the same, you will need to attend this training. Note: this is not replacing an ENIQ 2 Overview course, if you have not attended the previous ENIQ Overview. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Identify what has changed in ENIQ 2, 2 to the CPI 3 Recognize what has not changed 4 Locate the CPI documentation covering the changes 5 Discuss the documents covering the new set up Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Technicians, System Engineers, Field Technicians and anyone who works with network Performance Management and needs to be familiar with the ENIQ 2 solution. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: Successful completion of the following courses: Ericsson Network IQ Overview training

129 (LZU R2A), or extensive ENIQ 1 experience Successful completion of the following courses: Core, GRAN, or WCDMA (or other relevant managed networks) Network Fundamentals Be familiar with Core, GRAN, or WCDMA (or other relevant managed networks Performance Management Duration and class size The length of the course is 0 days and 2 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on Web Based Learning. The course is a Centra session recoding that can be played back, and comlemented with self-study of the relevant ENIQ 2 ALEX library. 2011

130 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Identify what has changed in ENIQ 2, according to the CPI 1 Recognize what has not changed Locate the CPI documentation covering the changes Discuss the documents covering the new set up

131 Ericsson Network IQ 2 Operation LZU Description Can you imagine watching digital TV on a black-and-white TV Set, without a remote control to zap between the thousands of chanels? That is the feeling you will have if you do not match the increasing complexity of statistical output of your Network (UTRAN, GRAN, Core, IMS, non-ericsson vendors, etc). You are familiar with Performance Management (PM), you already use reports to better monitor the performance of you network. So you know that the number of counters available is increasing exponentially, and current systems cannot cope with that amount of data. Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) is your Ericsson solution to enable you to handle the complexity of your Radio Access and Core Network. It can handle multiple other technologies and multiple different vendors too. It is fully integrated to OSS-RC but it can be used as a standalone solution too. It is as flexible as you need it to be. This course is intended for users who are new to ENIQ, but are familiar with Performance Management. It describes the functionalities of ENIQ, and the main Business Objects operations you will need to carry out. It provides for a lot of practical exercises too. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Manage BO applications, reports and users 1.1 Identify the various BO applications relevant to ENIQ 1.2 Manage access (users, documents, reports) 1.3 Migrate previous reports 1.4 Refer to support documentation 2 Perform the reporting operations using the Web Portal 2.1 Navigate the Web Portal interface 2.2 Run a report 2.3 Exploit the output 2.4 Publish a reports in a folder and to categories 2.5 Create a report set 2.6 Configure the Web Portal to improve operations 3 Practice the reporting operations using the Web Intelligence Rich Client 3.1 Navigate the Web Intelligence Rich Client interface 3.2 Run a report 3.3 Create a basic report from an existing data source

132 3.4 Use report objects and conditions 3.5 Manage report instances 3.6 Schedule a report 4 Design an ad-hoc report 4.1 Customize a report 4.2 Filter a query 4.3 Create once-off operational KPI s at report level 4.4 Manage objects 4.5 Navigate the Business Objects Designer interface 4.6 Use linked universes 4.7 Create customer reports based on product reports 4.8 Recognize the need to optimize report definition and design 5 Customize and improve reports 5.1 Use formats and templates 5.2 Customize the header 5.3 Highlight thresholds using alerters 5.4 Manipulate tables and charts 5.5 Enhance the data presentation by breaking down the output 6 Define more complex reports 6.1 Work with conditions 6.2 Explain the universe structure 6.3 Use aggregations 6.4 Work with multiple data providers 6.5 Handle counters with special aggregation or resolution characteristics 7 Set up statistical alarms 7.1 Clarify the workflow relating to performance alarm generation 7.2 Recognize the different types of templates, and when to use them 7.3 Create a defined alarm type, using the Web Intelligence Rich Client 7.4 Activate a defined alarm type, using the Web Portal 8 Discuss the steps to follow before seeking assistance 8.1 Determine who is responsible to deal with what challenge 8.2 Gather relevant information 8.3 Escalate the issue after having documented the steps taken to identify and resolve the issue Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Technicians, System Engineers, Field Technicians and anyone who works with 2011

133 WCDMA PM and needs to be familiar with the ENIQ solution Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: Ericsson Network IQ 2 Overview, or extensive ENIQ experience. Successful completion of the following courses: Core, GRAN, or WCDMA Network Fundamentals Be familiar with Core GRAN, or WCDMA Performance Management Duration and class size The length of the course is 3 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. The exercises are mainly case oriented where the participant is expected to investigate applications. 2011

134 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated time 1 Introduction and pre-test Report management basics BO applications 1.2 User management 1.3 Document management 1.4 Universe management 1.5 Import BO 6.5 reports 1.6 Convert reports (Deski to Webi) 1.7 Post processing 1.8 Help and documentation 2 ENIQ Web Portal reporting Interface 2.2 Generate a report 2.3 Export the output 2.4 Save the output 2.5 Share the output 2.6 Publish a report (save) 2.7 Create report sets and groups 2.8 End-user configuration 3 Web Intelligence Rich Client reporting foundations Interface 3.2 Retrieve a report (import, open) 3.3 Generate a report 3.4 Create a report, outline 3.5 Query manager 3.6 Use object dimensions 3.7 Use measures 3.8 Use time dimensions 3.9 Use busy hours 3.10 Use pre-defined conditions to filter the query 3.11 Save reports 3.12 Share reports 3.13 Publish a report (folder, category) 3.14 Schedule a report 3.15 Manage reports and instances 4 Report design Report definition and structure 4.2 View a report s structure 4.3 Customize a report s design 2011

135 Customize a report s definition 4.5 Use variables to create KPI s 4.6 Universe designer 4.7 Universe parameters 4.8 Universe objects 4.9 Universe classes 4.10 Universe variables 4.11 Universe conditions 4.12 Create a linked universe 4.13 Check a link universe (parameters, connection) 4.14 Published a linked universe 4.15 Customer reports based on product reports 4.16 Customize a universe 4.17 Report optimization 5 Further report design 5.1 Modify options 5.2 Customize format 5.3 Manage alerters 5.4 Edit the report header 5.5 Use details in report (e.g., title) 5.6 Manipulate tables structure 5.7 Work with charts 5.8 Sort data 5.9 Rank data 5.10 Insert calculations 5.11 Sections and breaks 5.12 Report filters 6 Advanced report definition 6.1 Quick filters 6.2 Optional prompts 6.3 Relational operators in conditions 6.4 Universe structure 6.5 Reference tables 6.6 Fact tables 6.7 Joins 6.8 Aggregation awareness 6.9 Manage multiple input contexts 6.10 Manage multiple data providers 6.11 Multiple object/time report resolutions 6.12 Multiple object/time report aggregations 6.13 Report on vector counters 7 Alarm module 7.1 Definitions 7.2 Workflow 7.3 Define an alarm type 7.4 Activate a defined alarm type

136 7.5 Limitations 8 First line troubleshooting Responsibilities 8.2 ENIQ administration 8.3 Troubleshooting steps 1 Conclusion and post-test

137 Ericsson Network IQ 2 Report Migration Workshop LZU Description You are impressed with the ENIQ performance management. You are now acquainted with the ENIQ Operation using product reports, but sometimes you feel lost with the comprehensiveness of this new Performance Management solution. You know ENIQ is an improvement on the previous solutions, in terms of performance and capacity, but you were used to the old ways, with the old reports. You feel some reports are missing, some information seems to no be available, and you do not know where to start. ENIQ Overview and ENIQ Operation trainings were aimed at developing your competency in using ENIQ from scratch. This ENIQ Migration Workshop will guide you in the process of mapping your existing reports to ensure all your information is taken into account. It will be based on a migration from SDM to ENIQ as a use case, but will provide you with techniques to perform migrations from other systems. It will also demonstrate some of the most common pitfalls in migrating your reports, in order to retain as much backward compatibility as possible. At this stage the conceptual; differences between your previous PM solution and ENIQ will become clearer. Finally it will train you in the use of the Alarm Module, to allow you to raise alarms automatically when certain Performance Management thresholds are reached. At the end of this course you will be able to migrate yourself reports of low to medium complexity, and you will be able to prepare and monitor the migration of more complex reports if you require Ericsson to take care of them as a service. Note: This course does not deal with specific counter values or KPI s interpretation, this is covered in the corresponding PM course. It is not a substitute for Business Objects training if you are involved in developing reports. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Map SDM report objects to ENIQ objects 1.1 Inventory counter objects from reports 1.2 Identify the BO Universe objects or SQL queries objects 1.3 Trace the Universe back the node level counters 1.4 Ensure the counters are collected from the nodes 1.5 Match the counters back to the ENIQ BO Universes 2 Migrate a simple report 2.1 Agree on complexity criteria 2.2 Identify reports qualifying for migration 2.3 Migrate a Deski (*.rep) report to the Webi format (*.wid)

138 2.4 Re-use the mapping techniques 3 Customize a migrated report 3.1 Create charts 3.2 View and edit formulas 3.3 Sort and filter reports 3.4 Customize complex layouts 3.5 Publish a report 4 Implement backward compatibility 4.1 Explore the BO Universe structure 4.2 Manage prompts, and select the time or object resolution 4.3 Create or modify report conditions for scheduling 4.4 Create multiple Data Providers when using multiple tables 4.5 Use common dimensions in different "contexts" 4.6 Create and edit a customized (linked) BO Universes 4.7 Manage Cell Sets/Area functionality 4.8 Emulate the delta calculation of Incremental Counters 4.9 Work with vector counters (PDF and DDM) 4.10 Implement differential time and group aggregation 5 Create a performance related alarm using the Alarm module 5.1 Define an Alarm type from a template 5.2 Use simple or complex KPI depending on the Technology 5.3 Schedule the Alarm 5.4 View the Alarms in the Web Portal Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Technicians, System Engineers, Field Technicians and anyone who works with network Performance Management and needs to be familiar with the ENIQ solution. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: Ericsson Network IQ 2 Overview training, or extensive ENIQ 2 experience Ericsson Network IQ 2 Operation training, or extensive ENIQ 2 experience Successful completion of the following courses: Core, GRAN, or WCDMA (or other relevant managed networks) Network Fundamentals Be familiar with Core, GRAN, or WCDMA (or other relevant managed networks Performance Management 2011

139 Duration and class size The length of the course is 3 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on workshop activities, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. The exercises are mainly case oriented where the participant is expected to investigate applications. 2011

140 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Review the configuration of the OSS-RC mediation systems according to CPI specifications 1 Map SDM report objects to ENIQ objects 3 1,2 Migrate a simple report 3 2 Migrate a customized report, or a non-sdm report Practice ways of working to obtain backward compatible functionalities 4 3 Create a performance related alarm using the Alarm module

141 Ericsson Network IQ 2 System Administration LZU Description Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) does not need to be administered. That is mostly true of the ENIQ database itself, but as an overall system it still needs to be managed.this course is for anyone responsible for the administration of the Ericsson Network IQ System. It will focus on the daily, weekly and monthly task to be performed by an ENIQ System Administrator. It will also give a larger perspective by experiencing the reporting aspect of ENIQ, and by looking at what happens behind the scene to make ENIQ a future-proof performance management solution. Note: This course will detail the administration of ENIQ; it does not deal with specific counter values or KPI s interpretation, this is covered in the corresponding PM course. It is not a substitute for OSS-RC System Administration, Business Objects or Sybase training if you are involved in developing reports or advanced System Administration. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Experience end-to-end PM reporting solution 1.1 Explore performance management tools in ENIQ 1.2 Run a report on Web Portal 1.3 Create a report in Web Intelligence Rich Client 2 Discuss the system specifications 2.1 Identify the possible hardware configurations 2.2 List the main steps involved in installing ENIQ 2.3 Identify the software requirements 2.4 Refer to the ENIQ to OSS-RC integration components 3 Perform system maintenance tasks 3.1 Remember the Shutdown/Start-up sequence for the different systems 3.2 Perform the required User Maintenance tasks 3.3 Maintain and healthy System, and a consistent File System 3.4 Outline the principles of backup management 3.5 Investigate Alarm Management further 4 Analyze the data workflow 4.1 Browse the directory structure 4.2 Manually upload data 4.3 Manage the Sets

142 4.4 Monitor the data loading 4.5 Monitor the data aggregations and initiate data re-aggregation 5 Examine the structure of the Sybase IQ database 5.1 Correlate what is known of data partitioning with the actual tables and views 5.2 Recognize the connection between the Business Object SQL statements and the stored data 5.3 Query the database using SQL GUI s or CLI 6 Practice the administration tasks and experience the tools 6.1 Execute day to day administration tasks such as; System status, Dataflow monitoring, Follow-up day aggregations, System memory, Incremental backup 6.2 Perform some of the weekly administration tasks such as; IQ PM database Full backup, Check the disk spaces, Follow-up week aggregations 6.3 Plan the monthly administration tasks, including the follow-up month aggregations 7 Discover technology packages 7.1 Make the connection between the creation of a Tech Pack, and the administration of ENIQ 7.2 Manage ENIQ licenses 7.3 Implement universe customization using a linked universe 7.4 Map counters from previous systems (e.g., SDM) 8 Diagnose reporting issues and perform basic 8.1 Determine who is responsible to deal with what challenge, especially as regards Report Developers queries 8.2 Recall the known issues and troubleshoot them Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: Ericsson Network IQ Overview, or extensive ENIQ experience. Core, GRAN, or WCDMA Network Fundamentals Be familiar with Core GRAN, or WCDMA Performance Management IP Fundamentals Intermediate System Administration for the Solaris 10 operating System 3PP Sun Advanced System Administration for the Solaris 10 operating System 3PP Sun Duration and class size The length of the course is 4 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is

143 Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. The exercises are mainly case oriented where the participant is expected to investigate applications. 2011

144 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction and pre-test PM reporting System specifications System maintenance and 3 3 and 4 Data workflow 4.0 Database structure Administrator s tasks and tools Tech packs management Troubleshooting Conclusion and post-test

145 OSS-RC 10.3 Overview LZU RA Description Today operators manage extremely large networks, varying from Wireline, GSM, CORE to 3G and LTE networks. This could mean that up to 30,000 cells may need to be configured, troubleshooted and monitored. Do you know how operators manage their network elements? Ericsson s Operation Support System for Radio & Core (OSS-RC) is designed to manage, configure, monitor, troubleshoot and upgrade all the various networks available i.e: wireline Core, 2G, 3G and LTE. Participants attending the OSS Overview course will be given a basic introduction to the OSS-RC R10.3 system. They will learn how OSS-RC R10.3 is used for centralized Operation and Maintenance of mobile networks, the nodes specific to each network as well as service layer equipment. Participants are introduced to the Sub-Network Management Platform and learn how its components and applications provide comprehensive configuration, management and optimization applications. They also learn about the benefits associated with these applications. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system. 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Outline the functionality of the common components 2.1 Explain the Fault Management (FM) applications 2.2 Describe the AXE management tools in OSS-RC R Explain the Software Management Organizer application 2.4 Introduce the Job Manager and scripting 2.5 Explain the Performance Management setup in OSS-RC R10 including Network

146 Statistics, Event Based Applications and Radio Network Optimization 3 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the core network 3.1 Understand the configuration managers for the Core network; MMCM, GCM and IMSCM 3.2 Review the optional Core Network Management Applications such as NAM, IM, MFI and CNSM 4 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the GSM network 4.1 Describe the following GSM RAN configuration applications; Cellular Network Administration, Cellular Network Administration Interface, Base Station management and Performance Management Traffic Recording 4.2 Describe the IP support applications for the GSM RAN 4.3 Discuss the support for Wireline that has been introduced to OSS-RC R10 5 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the WCDMA/LTE network 5.1 Describe the functionality of the Common Explorer in OSS-RC 5.2 Identify and describe the various configuration applications in the Common Explorer 5.3 Describe the functionality of all the diagnostic tools in the Common Explorer Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Technicians, System Engineers, and System Administrators or anyone who works with OSS and needs a high level overview of the product. Even those who do not work directly with OSS-RC will find this course beneficial as it will give a high level overview of how it fits in with other products like network elements and network management systems in a telecoms network. This audience is anyone new to OSS-RC who requires an overview of the OSS-RC product. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: As this is an overview that is aimed at people working in both technical and non technical roles there are no course prerequisites. The only prerequisite is that students are familiar with a telecoms network or any technology. 2011

147 Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 16. Learning situation This course is based on theoretical instructor-led lessons given in a classroom or virtual classroom environment with remote access to equipment and tools for demonstration purposes, where possible 2011

148 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction and Platform 1 OSS-RC Common Components 2 Core Network Management 1 GSM and Wireline Network Management 1 WCDMA/LTE Network Management

149 OSS-RC R10.1 Delta LZU R2A Description OSS RC 10 has evolved and improved in many ways since OSS RC R6. There are both functional and characteristic improvements in the areas of network evolution, network quality and optimization, operational efficiency, system and platform. These improvements encompass new features, functionality and broader network support. OSS-RC 10 extends the support of OSS-RC to include major new functionality for the management of Ericsson's Long Term Evolution (LTE) & System Architecture Evolution (SAE) systems and also adds support for Ericsson's Wireline product range replacing MN-OSS for future applications. All new node support will be covered along with any new features that have been introduced since R6, particularly in the areas of WCDMA and Core. All platform changes that impact the functionality of OSS will be covered as well as any changes or improvements to the functionality. Any applications/components that have been phased out or is now offered by another application will also be covered in this course. The evolution of OSS-RC from revision 6 to 10.1 is covered in this training. For those who have previously participated in OSS-RC training programs for version OSS-RC 6.x or OSS-RC 7.x there are 1-2 hour VCT sessions available that cover shorter evolutions such as 10.0 to Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Outline the changes to the OSS-RC 10.1 platform 1.1 Identify the NE support for OSS-RC RC Provide an overview of the upgrade history 1.3 Review the replacement of NIS with LDAP 1.4 Discuss the new System Monitoring Tool, SunMC 1.5 List the miscellaneous enhancements to the OSS 2 Outline the impact of OSS-RC 10.1 on Common components 2.1 Review miscellaneous changes across common applications 2.2 Identify enhancements made to SMO component 2.3 Relate to new support and functionality added to Fault Management 2.4 Understand improvements made to Performance Management 3 Identify the improvement to the GSM RAN Management Applications 3.1 Recognize the impact of the support for the IP Infrastructure 3.2 Identify the new feature FFAX - Both Links Recording

150 3.3 Discuss the support for Wireline within OSS 4 Understand the increased impact of the support for LTE to WCDMA Configuration Management in OSS 4.1 Discuss Long Term Evolution and its integration to OSS 4.2 Recognize the new WCDMA-LTE Common Explorer 4.3 Describe the new Add RBS wizard functionalities 4.4 Describe the new features BSIM, WCC and LCC AR and WRPS 5 Describe the enhancements within OSS-RC 10.1 for Core Network Management 5.1 Review the AXE Audit tool 5.2 Give examples of the improvement in the Circuit Switch management applications. 5.3 Give examples of the improvements in the Packet Switch management applications 5.4 Discuss the enhancements to the GCM GUI s. 6 Understand the changes to the Infrastructure and Upgrade in OSS-RC Review the basic Infrastructure for OSS RC Recognise the NIS Migration 6.3 Identify the miscellaneous changes affecting the Backup Solution and the High Availability Solutions 6.4 Understand the available upgrade paths and procedures Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Technicians and System Engineers. This audience will be responsible for the management of the network using OSS applications. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS R6. Either experience of using the OSS or prior attendance of one of the following courses is sufficient: OSS-RC R6 Onsite Introduction Workshop LZU OSS-RC R10.0 Common Applications for Network Management LZU OSS-RC R10 Overview LZU Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is

151 Learning situation This course is based on theoretical instructor-led lessons given in a classroom environment. There are no exercises for this course however, if demonstrations of the OSS required this will have to be requested and arranged as early as possible prior to the course delivery. 2011

152 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Platform Common 1 1 GSM Management 1 1 Core Management 1 1 WCDMA LTE management 2 1 Infrastructure

153 OSS-RC R10.2 Delta LZU R3A Description OSS RC 10 has evolved and improved in many ways since OSS RC R6. There are both functional and characteristic improvements in the areas of network evolution, network quality and optimization, operational efficiency, system and platform. These improvements encompass new features, functionality and broader network support. OSS-RC 10 extends the support of OSS-RC to include major new functionality for the management of Ericsson's Long Term Evolution (LTE) & System Architecture Evolution (SAE) systems and also adds support for Ericsson's Wireline product range replacing MN-OSS for future applications. All new node support will be covered along with any new features that have been introduced since R6, particularly in the areas of WCDMA and Core. All platform changes that impact the functionality of OSS will be covered as well as any changes or improvements to the functionality. Any applications/components that have been phased out or is now offered by another application will also be covered in this course. The evolution of OSS-RC from revision 7 to 10.2 is covered in this training. However, any major changes with large impact that were introduced in the later releases of R6 will also be covered (ie:cex and LDAP).For those who have previously participated in OSS-RC training programs for version OSS-RC 6.x or OSS-RC 7.x it will not be necessary to attend this training. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Outline the changes to the OSS-RC 10.2 platform 1.1 Identify the NE support for OSS-RC RC Provide an overview of the upgrade history 1.3 Review the replacement of NIS with LDAP 1.4 Discuss the new System Monitoring Tool, SunMC 1.5 Discuss the new System Monitoring Agent Support Tool 1.6 List the miscellaneous enhancements to the OSS 2 Outline the impact of OSS-RC 10.2 on Common components 2.1 Review miscellaneous changes across common applications 2.2 Identify enhancements made to SMO component 2.3 Discuss the new feature Software Management expert 2.4 Relate to new support and functionality added to Fault Management 2.5 Understand improvements made to Performance Management 3 Identify the improvement to the GSM RAN Management Applications

154 3.1 Recognize the impact of the support for the IP Infrastructure 3.2 Identify the new feature FFAX - Both Links Recording 3.3 Discuss the support for Wireline within OSS 4 Understand the increased impact of the support for LTE to WCDMA Configuration Management in OSS 4.1 Discuss Long Term Evolution and its integration to OSS 4.2 Recognize the new WCDMA-LTE Common Explorer 4.3 Describe the new Add RBS wizard functionalities 4.4 Describe the new features BSIM, WCC and LCC AR, WRPS and Geo Observability 5 Describe the enhancements within OSS-RC 10.2 for Core Network Management 5.1 Review the AXE Audit tool 5.2 Give examples of the improvement in the Circuit Switch management applications. 5.3 Give examples of the improvements in the Packet Switch management applications 5.4 Discuss the enhancements to the GCM GUI s. 6 Understand the changes to the Infrastructure and Upgrade in OSS-RC Review the basic Infrastructure for OSS RC Recognize the NIS Migration 6.3 Identify the miscellaneous changes affecting the Backup Solution and the High Availability Solutions 6.4 Understand the available upgrade paths and procedures Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Technicians and System Engineers. This audience will be responsible for the management of the network using OSS applications. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS R6. Either experience of using the OSS or prior attendance of one of the following courses is sufficient: OSS-RC R6 Onsite Introduction Workshop LZU OSS-RC R10.0 Common Applications for Network Management LZU OSS-RC R10 Overview LZU Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is

155 Learning situation This course is based on theoretical instructor-led lessons given in a classroom environment. There are no exercises for this course however, if demonstrations of the OSS required this will have to be requested and arranged as early as possible prior to the course delivery. 2011

156 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Platform Common 1 1 GSM Management 1 1 Core Management 1 1 WCDMA LTE management 2 1 Infrastructure

157 OSS-RC R10.3 Delta LZU R4A Description OSS RC 10 has evolved and improved in many ways since OSS RC R7. There are both functional and characteristic improvements in the areas of network evolution, network quality and optimization, operational efficiency, system and platform. These improvements encompass new features, functionality and broader network support. OSS-RC 10 extends the support of OSS-RC to include major new functionality for the management of Ericsson's Long Term Evolution (LTE) & System Architecture Evolution (SAE) systems and also adds support for Ericsson's Wireline product range replacing MN-OSS for future applications. All new node support will be covered along with any new features that have been introduced since R7, particularly in the areas of WCDMA and Core. All platform changes that impact the functionality of OSS will be covered as well as any changes or improvements to the functionality. Any applications/components that have been phased out or is now offered by another application will also be covered in this course. The evolution of OSS-RC from revision 7 to 10.3 is covered in this training. However, any major changes with large impact that were introduced in the later releases of R6 will also be covered (ie:cex and LDAP).For those who have previously participated in OSS-RC training programs for version OSS-RC 6.x or OSS-RC 7.x it will not be necessary to attend this training. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Outline the changes to the OSS-RC 10.3 platform 1.1 Identify the NE support for OSS-RC RC Provide an overview of the upgrade history 1.3 Review the replacement of NIS with LDAP 1.4 Discuss the new System Monitoring Tool, SunMC and System Monitoring Agent Support Tool 1.5 Discuss the advantages of the introduction of Upgrade Independence 1.6 List the miscellaneous enhancements to the OSS 2 Outline the impact of OSS-RC 10.3 on Common components 2.1 Review miscellaneous changes across common applications 2.2 Identify enhancements made to SMO component 2.3 Discuss the new feature Software Management expert 2.4 Relate to new support and functionality added to Fault Management 2.5 Understand improvements made to Performance Management 3.1 Recognize the impact of the support for the IP Infrastructure

158 3 Identify the improvement to the GSM RAN Management Applications 3.1 Discuss the support for Wireline within OSS 4 Understand the increased impact of the support for LTE to WCDMA Configuration Management in OSS 4.1 Discuss Long Term Evolution and its integration to OSS 4.2 Recognize the new WCDMA-LTE Common Explorer 4.3 Discuss the changes to the Trivial Export and Import tool 4.4 Describe the new features BSIM, ANR and Geo Observability 5 Describe the enhancements within OSS-RC 10.3 for Core Network Management 5.1 Give examples of the improvement in the Circuit Switch management applications. 5.2 Give examples of the improvements in the Packet Switch management applications 6 Understand the changes to the Infrastructure and Upgrade in OSS-RC Review the basic Infrastructure for OSS RC Identify the miscellaneous changes affecting the Backup Solution and the High Availability Solutions 6.3 Understand the available upgrade paths and procedures Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Technicians and System Engineers. This audience will be responsible for the management of the network using OSS applications. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS R6. Either experience of using the OSS or prior attendance of one of the following courses is sufficient: OSS-RC R6 Onsite Introduction Workshop LZU OSS-RC R10.0 Common Applications for Network Management LZU OSS-RC R10 Overview LZU Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 16. Learning situation 2011

159 This course is based on theoretical instructor-led lessons given in a classroom environment. There are no exercises for this course however, if demonstrations of the OSS required this will have to be requested and arranged as early as possible prior to the course delivery. 2011

160 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Platform Common 1 1 GSM Management 1 1 Core Management 1 1 WCDMA LTE management 2 1 Infrastructure

161 OSS-RC10 Delta LZU R1A Description OSS RC 10 has evolved and improved in many ways since OSS RC R5. New features, functionality and broader network support. OSS-RC 10 extends the support of OSS-RC to include major new functionality for the management of Ericsson's Long Term Evolution (LTE) & System Architecture Evolution (SAE) systems and also adds support for Ericsson's Wireline product range replacing MN-OSS for future applications. All new node support will be covered along with any new features that have been introduced since R5, particularly in the areas of Performance Management, WCDMA and Core. All platform changes that impact the functionality of OSS will be covered as well as any changes or improvements to the functionality. Any applications/components that have been phased out or is now offered by another application will also be covered in this course. The evolution of OSS-RC from revision 5.3 to 10.0 is covered in this training. For those who have previously participated in OSS-RC training programs for version OSS-RC 6.x or OSS-RC 7.x, a customised 3 hour VCT course can be delivered to provide the delta to OSS-RC Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Outline the changes to the OSS-RC 10.0 platform 1.1 Identify the NE software support for RC Provide an overview of the upgrade history 1.3 Recognise OSS support for the Wireline network 1.4 Review the replacement of NIS with LDAP 2 Outline the impact of OSS-RC 10.0 on Common components 2.1 Review miscellaneous changes across common applications 2.2 Identify enhancements made to SMO component 2.3 Relate to new support and functionality added to Fault Management 2.4 Understand improvements made to Performance Management 3 Identify the improvement to the GSM RAN Management Applications 3.1 Explain the concepts around MCNSM 3.2 Recognize the impact of the support for the IP Infrastructure 3.3 Identify the new feature FFAX - Both Links Recording 3.4 Discuss the support for Wireline within OSS 4 Understand the increased impact of the support for LTE to WCDMA Configuration Management in OSS

162 4.1 Discuss Long Term Evolution and its integration to OSS 4.2 Recognize the new WCDMA-LTE Common Explorer 4.3 Describe the new Add RBS wizard functionalities 4.4 Describe the new features BSIM, WCC and LCC AR, FFAX-W and WRPS 5 Describe the enhancements within OSS-RC 10.0 for Core Network Management 5.1 Review the AXE Audit tool 5.2 Give examples of the improvement in the Circuit Switch management applications. 5.3 Give examples of the improvements in the Packet Switch management applications 5.4 Discuss the enhancements to the GCM GUI s. 6 Understand the changes to the Infrastructure and Upgrade in OSS-RC Review the basic Infrastructure for OSS RC Recognise the NIS Migration 6.3 Identify the miscellaneous changes affecting the Backup Solution and the High Availability Solutions 6.4 Understand the available upgrade paths and procedures Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Technicians and System Engineers Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC R5. Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 16. Learning situation This course is based on theoretical instructor-led lessons given in a classroom environment. 2011

163 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Platform 0,5 2 Common 1 3 GSM Management 1 4 Core Management 1 5 WCDMA LTE management 2 6 Infrastructure 0,5 2011

164 OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core LZU Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core course will give you an introduction to the applications available in OSS-RC for the management of Core and IMS networks. This course gives an introduction to the various Core Network applications available in OSS-RC 10.3 for the Packet and Circuit Switched domains, covering the core nodes for GSM, WCDMA, SAE and IMS. Along with identifying the OSS applications and tools for the management of the core network there are also a number of common applications that will be described in this training, such as those used for fault and performance management. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. Note: This course covers the management of Core networks using OSS-RC but some participants may only require knowledge of other technologies in which case one of the following courses may be more suitable: OSS-RC 10.3 Applications Workshop (LZU ) All technologies OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for WCDMA/LTE (LZU )

165 Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system. 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System 2.3 Discuss the alarm flow 2.4 Identify the various FM applications available 3 Describe the AXE management tools within OSS-RC 3.1 Describe the MML command structure 3.2 Explain the CHA and WinFIOL tools available in OSS-RC for MML communication with AXE network elements. 3.3 Explore the functionality of the AXE Element Management tools (EMT) 3.4 Describe the Operations Support Procedure (OPS) tool and explore the OPS Scripting language for script development for AXE network elements. 4 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 4.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 4.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 5 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications. 5.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 5.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 6 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution 6.2 Discuss the Statistical Measurement Initiation & Administration (SMIA), Measurement 6.3 Initiation & Administration (MIA) and Performance Data Mediation (PDM) 6.4 Describe the data mediation tools (Statistical Gateway - SGw) and storage methods 2011

166 6.5 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution 7 Explain the Event Based Applications setup within OSS-RC 7.1 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications for Core and GSM RAN 7.2 the need for and concepts of; EBS-S 8 Explain the Radio Network Optimization Application and its recordings 8.1 Describe the various optimization applications within RNO 8.2 Indicate how to record results and generate reports using the RNO application 9 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the core network 9.1 Describe the key functions of the Circuit Switched management applications 9.2 Describe the key functions of the Packet Switched management applications 9.3 Discuss the Core Network Status Monitor 9.4 Recognise the IMS Configuration Manager Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: GPRS System Survey (LZU108876) or EPC System Survey (LZU ) or The participants should be familiar with the Core network Duration and class size The length of the course is 3 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is

167 Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. 2011

168 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction 3 Fault Management 3 2 AXE handling in OSS-RC 3 Software/Hardware Management 1 Job Manager 2 3 Network Statistics & ENIQ 1 Event Based Applications 0.5 Radio Network Optimization 0.5 Core Network Applications 4 hours 2011

169 OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and GSM LZU Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and GSM course will give you an introduction to the applications available in OSS-RC for the management of Core, GSM and IMS networks. This course gives an introduction to the various Core Network applications available in OSS-RC 10.3 for the Packet and Circuit Switched domains, covering the core nodes for GSM, WCDMA, SAE and IMS. An introduction is also given to all GSM applications for management of Ericsson BSS. Along with identifying the OSS applications and tools for management of specific technologies there are also a number of common applications that will be described in this training, such as those used for fault and performance management. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. Note: This course covers the management of GSM and Core networks using OSS-RC but some participants may only require knowledge of just one technologies or WCDMA/LTE, in which case one of the following courses may be more suitable: OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Network Management (LZU ) All technologies OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for WCDMA/LTE (LZU )

170 Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system. 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System 2.3 Discuss the alarm flow 2.4 Identify the various FM applications available 3 Describe the AXE management tools within OSS-RC 3.1 Describe the MML command structure 3.2 Explain the CHA and WinFIOL tools available in OSS-RC for MML communication with AXE network elements. 3.3 Explore the functionality of the AXE Element Management tools (EMT) 3.4 Describe the Operations Support Procedure (OPS) tool and explore the OPS Scripting language for script development for AXE network elements. 4 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 4.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 4.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 5 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications. 5.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 5.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 6 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution 6.2 Discuss the Statistical Measurement Initiation & Administration (SMIA), Measurement 6.3 Initiation & Administration (MIA) and Performance Data Mediation (PDM) 6.4 Describe the data mediation tools (Statistical Gateway - SGw) and storage methods 2011

171 6.5 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution 7 Explain the Event Based Applications setup within OSS-RC 7.1 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications for Core and GSM RAN 7.2 Describe Real Time Performance Monitoring and R-PMO 7.3 Explain the need for and concepts of; EBS-G, EBS-S, FFAX, FFAX-BLR and RTTM 8 Explain the Radio Network Optimization Application and its recordings 8.1 Describe the various optimization applications within RNO 8.2 Indicate how to record results and generate reports using the RNO application 9 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the core network 9.1 Describe the key functions of the Circuit Switched management applications 9.2 Describe the key functions of the Packet Switched management applications 9.3 Discuss the Core Network Status Monitor 9.4 Recognise the IMS Configuration Manager 10 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the GSM network 10.1 Describe the following GSM RAN configuration applications; Cellular Network Administration, Cellular Network Administration Interface, Base Station management and Performance Management Traffic Recording 10.2 Describe the IP support applications for the GSM RAN Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: GSM System Survey (LZU ) or GPRS System Survey (LZU108876) or The participants should be familiar with the Core network or GSM network 2011

172 Duration and class size The length of the course is 4 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. 2011

173 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction 3 Fault Management 3 2 AXE handling in OSS-RC 3 Software/Hardware Management 1 Job Manager 2 3 Network Statistics & ENIQ 1.5 Event Based Applications 1 Radio Network Optimization 1.5 3/4 Core Network Applications 4 4 GSM Applications

174 OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and WCDMA/LTE LZU Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and WCDMA/LTE course will give you an introduction to the applications available in OSS-RC for the management of Core, WCDMA and LTE networks. This course gives an introduction to the various Core Network applications available in OSS-RC 10.3 for the Packet and Circuit Switched domains, covering the core nodes for WCDMA, SAE and IMS. The full suite of tools for managing an Ericsson WRAN/LTE network is also covered in this training. Along with identifying the OSS applications and tools for management of specific technologies there are also a number of common applications that will be described in this training, such as those used for fault and performance management. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. Note: This course covers the management of Core and WCDMA/LTE networks using OSS- RC but some participants may only require knowledge of just one technology or GSM, in which case one of the following courses may be more suitable: OSS-RC 10.3 Applications Workshop (LZU ) All technologies OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for WCDMA/LTE (LZU )

175 Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system. 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System 2.3 Discuss the alarm flow 2.4 Identify the various FM applications available 3 Describe the AXE management tools within OSS-RC 3.1 Describe the MML command structure 3.2 Explain the CHA and WinFIOL tools available in OSS-RC for MML communication with AXE network elements. 3.3 Explore the functionality of the AXE Element Management tools (EMT) 3.4 Describe the Operations Support Procedure (OPS) tool and explore the OPS Scripting language for script development for AXE network elements. 4 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 4.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 4.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 5 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications. 5.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 5.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 6 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution 6.2 Discuss the Statistical Measurement Initiation & Administration (SMIA), Measurement 6.3 Initiation & Administration (MIA), Performance Data Mediation (PDM) and Performance Management Subsystem (PMS) tools. 2011

176 6.4 Describe the data mediation tools (Statistical Gateway - SGw) and storage methods 6.5 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution 7 Explain the Event Based Applications setup within OSS-RC 7.1 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications for Core and WRAN 7.2 Explain the need for and concepts of; EBS-W, EBS-S and EDRO 8 Explain the Radio Network Optimization Application and its recordings 8.1 Describe the various optimization applications within RNO 8.2 Indicate how to record results and generate reports using the RNO application 9 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the core network 9.1 Describe the key functions of the Circuit Switched management applications 9.2 Describe the key functions of the Packet Switched management applications 9.3 Discuss the Core Network Status Monitor 9.4 Recognise the IMS Configuration Manager 10 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the WCDMA/LTE network 10.1 Describe the functionality of the Common Explorer in OSS-RC 10.2 Identify and describe the various configuration applications in the Common Explorer 10.3 Describe the functionality of all the diagnostic tools in the Common Explorer Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: Ericsson WCDMA System Overview (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview, WBL (LZU ) or GPRS System Survey (LZU108876) or EPC System Survey (LZU ) or The participants should be familiar with the Core network or WCDMA network or the LTE network 2011

177 Duration and class size The length of the course is 4 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. 2011

178 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction 3 Fault Management 3 2 AXE handling in OSS-RC 3 Software/Hardware Management 1 Job Manager 2 3 Network Statistics & ENIQ 2 Event Based Applications 1 Radio Network Optimization 1 3/4 Core Network Applications 4 4 WCDMA/LTE Applications

179 OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for GSM LZU Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for GSM course will give you an introduction to the applications available in OSS-RC for the management of GSM networks. This course gives an introduction to the various GSM applications for management of Ericsson BSS. Along with identifying the OSS applications and tools for management of specific GSM nodes there are also a number of common applications that will be described in this training, such as those used for fault and performance management. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. Note: This course covers the management of just GSM networks using OSS-RC but some participants may require knowledge of other technologies, in which case one of the following courses may be more suitable: OSS-RC 10.3 Applications Workshop (LZU ) All technologies OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a

180 network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System 2.3 Discuss the alarm flow 2.4 Identify the various FM applications available 3 Describe the AXE management tools within OSS-RC 3.1 Describe the MML command structure 3.2 Explain the CHA and WinFIOL tools available in OSS-RC for MML communication with AXE network elements. 3.3 Explore the functionality of the AXE Element Management tools (EMT) 3.4 Describe the Operations Support Procedure (OPS) tool and explore the OPS Scripting language for script development for AXE network elements. 4 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 4.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 4.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 5 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications. 5.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 5.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 6 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution 6.2 Discuss the Statistical Measurement Initiation & Administration (SMIA), Measurement 6.3 Describe the data mediation tools (Statistical Gateway - SGw) and storage methods 6.4 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution 7 Explain the Event Based Applications setup within OSS-RC 7.1 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications for GSM RAN 7.2 Describe Real Time Performance Monitoring and R-PMO 7.3 Explain the need for and concepts of; EBS-G, FFAX, FFAX-BLR and RTTM 8 Explain the Radio Network Optimization Application and its recordings 8.1 Describe the various optimization applications within RNO 8.2 Indicate how to record results and generate reports using the RNO application 2011

181 9 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the GSM network 9.1 Describe the following GSM RAN configuration applications; Cellular Network Administration, Cellular Network Administration Interface, Base Station management and Performance Management Traffic Recording 9.2 Describe the IP support applications for the GSM RAN Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: GSM System Survey (LZU ) or The participants should be familiar with the GSM network Duration and class size The length of the course is 4 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. 2011

182 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction 3 Fault Management 3 2 AXE handling in OSS-RC 3 Software/Hardware Management 1 Job Manager 2 3 Network Statistics & ENIQ 3 Event Based Applications 2 3/4 Radio Network Optimization 2 4 GSM Applications

183 OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for WCDMA/LTE LZU Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for WCDMA/LTE course will give you an introduction to the applications available in OSS-RC for the management of WCDMA and LTE networks. The full suite of tools for managing an Ericsson WRAN/LTE network is covered in this training. Along with identifying the OSS applications and tools for management of the WCDMA/LTE networks specific technologies there are also a number of common applications that will be described in this training, such as those used for fault and performance management. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. Note: This course covers the management of just WCDMA/LTE networks using OSS-RC but some participants may require knowledge of other technologies, in which case one of the following courses may be more suitable: OSS-RC 10.3 Applications Workshop (LZU ) All technologies OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core (LZU ) Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system.

184 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System 2.3 Discuss the alarm flow 2.4 Identify the various FM applications available 3 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 3.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 3.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 4 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications. 4.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 4.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 5 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 5.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution 5.2 Discuss the Performance Management Subsystem (PMS) tools. 5.3 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution 6 Explain the Event Based Applications setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications for WRAN 6.2 Explain the need for and concepts of; EBS-W and EDRO 7 Explain the Radio Network Optimization Application and its recordings 7.1 Describe the various optimization applications within RNO 7.2 Indicate how to record results and generate reports using the RNO application 8 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the WCDMA/LTE network 8.1 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the WCDMA/LTE network 8.2 Describe the functionality of the Common Explorer in OSS-RC 8.3 Identify and describe the various configuration applications in the Common Explorer 8.4 Describe the functionality of all the diagnostic tools in the Common Explorer 2011

185 Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: Ericsson WCDMA System Overview (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview, WBL (LZU ) or The participants should be familiar with the WCDMA network or the LTE network Duration and class size The length of the course is 3 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. 2011

186 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction 3 Fault Management 3 2 Software/Hardware Management 1 Job Manager 2 Network Statistics & ENIQ 2 Event Based Applications 1 3 Radio Network Optimization 1 WCDMA/LTE Applications

187 OSS-RC 10.3 Applications Workshop LZU Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 10.3 Applications Workshop will give you an introduction to the applications available in OSS-RC for the management of Core, GSM, WCDMA, LTE and IMS networks. This course gives an introduction to the various Core Network applications available in OSS-RC 10.3 for the Packet and Circuit Switched domains, covering the core nodes for GSM, WCDMA, SAE and IMS. An introduction is also given to all GSM applications for management of Ericsson BSS. The full suite of tools for managing an Ericsson WRAN/LTE network is also covered in this training. Along with identifying the OSS applications and tools for management of specific technologies there are also a number of common applications that will be described in this training, such as those used for fault and performance management. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. Note: While this course covers all technologies and their management using OSS-RC, some participants may only require knowledge of just one or two technologies, in which case one of the following courses may be more suitable: OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core and WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for GSM (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core (LZU ) OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for WCDMA/LTE (LZU ) Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to:

188 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network Management system. 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System 2.3 Discuss the alarm flow 2.4 Identify the various FM applications available 3 Describe the AXE management tools within OSS-RC 3.1 Describe the MML command structure 3.2 Explain the CHA and WinFIOL tools available in OSS-RC for MML communication with AXE network elements. 3.3 Explore the functionality of the AXE Element Management tools (EMT) 3.4 Describe the Operations Support Procedure (OPS) tool and explore the OPS Scripting language for script development for AXE network elements. 4 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 4.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 4.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 5 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications 5.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 5.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 6 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution 6.2 Discuss the Statistical Measurement Initiation & Administration (SMIA), Measurement 6.3 Initiation & Administration (MIA), Performance Data Mediation (PDM) and Performance Management Subsystem (PMS) tools. 6.4 Describe the data mediation tools (Statistical Gateway - SGw) and storage methods 6.5 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution 7 Explain the Event Based Applications setup within OSS-RC 7.1 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications for Core, WRAN and GSM RAN 7.2 Describe Real Time Performance Monitoring and R-PMO 2011

189 7.3 Explain the need for and concepts of; EBS-G, EBS-W, EBS-S, EDRO, FFAX, FFAX- BLR and RTTM 8 Explain the Radio Network Optimization Application and its recordings 8.1 Describe the various optimization applications within RNO 8.2 Indicate how to record results and generate reports using the RNO application 9 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the core network 9.1 Describe the key functions of the Circuit Switched management applications 9.2 Describe the key functions of the Packet Switched management applications 9.3 Discuss the Core Network Status Monitor 9.4 Recognise the IMS Configuration Manager 10 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the GSM network 10.1 Describe the following GSM RAN configuration applications; Cellular Network Administration, Cellular Network Administration Interface, Base Station management and Performance Management Traffic Recording 10.2 Describe the IP support applications for the GSM RAN 11 Discuss the various tools within the OSS for management of the WCDMA/LTE network 11.1 Describe the functionality of the Common Explorer in OSS-RC 11.2 Identify and describe the various configuration applications in the Common Explorer 11.3 Describe the functionality of all the diagnostic tools in the Common Explorer Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: Ericsson WCDMA System Overview (LZU ) or GSM System Survey (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview (LZU ) or LTE/SAE System Overview, WBL (LZU ) or GPRS System Survey (LZU108876) 2011

190 or EPC System Survey (LZU ) or The participants should be familiar with the Core network or GSM network or WCDMA network or the LTE network Duration and class size The length of the course is 5 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation This is a workshop based on interactive training sessions in a classroom environment. 2011

191 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction 3 hours Fault Management 3 hours 2 AXE handling in OSS-RC 3 hours Software/Hardware Management Job Manager 1 hours 2 hours 3 Network Statistics & ENIQ 3 hours Event Based Applications Radio Network Optimization 1.5 hours 1.5 hours 4 Core Network Applications 4 hours GSM Applications 4 hours 5 WCDMA/LTE Applications 4 hours 2011

192 OSS-RC 10.3 System Administration for Core LZU Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections to Core network elements, administration of the Core Network related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS-RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Analyze OSS-RC on overview level 1.1 the role that OSS-RC plays in supporting a telecommunications network 1.2 Locate key documents in the ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Manage User accounts in OSS-RC 2.1 Discuss the use of LDAP DS versus NIS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS-RC User Accounts 2.3 Modify a User's Authority in TSS 2.4 Use TSS Authority Administration GUI 2.5 Implement TSS Password Administration CLI 3 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure 3.1 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC 3.2 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.3 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore. 3.4 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.5 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores 3.6 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces 4 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform

193 4.1 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.2 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.3 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.4 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.5 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.1 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.2 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.3 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.4 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.5 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.6 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.7 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.1 Determine the purpose of the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.2 Explain the ONE Application's purpose 6.3 Use tools to check on ONRM's sanity and consistency 6.4 Identify the functionality of the Base Station Integration Manager 6.5 Perform Administration of the ENIQ Mediation (ENIQ-M) feature 7 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem architecture 7.2 Determine the Managed Components and Processes used in FM 7.3 Investigate the basic features of GUI Alarm Viewers and FM NMS interfaces 7.4 Navigate the flow of alarms 7.5 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Explain and configure the Alarm Interface to CPP network elements 8.1 Discuss the 3GPP Alarm and Notification IRP Interface 8.2 Describe the CIRP Manager in OSS-RC 8.3 Follow the flow of alarms from network element to FM Kernel 9 Handle the Statistical Data Mart (SDM) 9.1 Describe the SDM architecture 9.2 Explain interfaces for GSM and Core network statistical data 9.3 Manage standard maintenance procedures 9.4 Verify SDM's operation 10 Handle AXE common applications and troubleshoot 10.1 Describe the overall architecture of External Access Manager 10.2 Explain the main applications from EMT package (SRM, CLS & TGw) 10.3 Configure and Troubleshoot Telnet Gateway (TGw) 10.4 Use SRM and CLS 2011

194 10.5 Explain the CNA architecture, the different Planned Area's and Jobs 10.6 Verify CNA operation and perform maintenance 10.7 Outline the concept of BCM/BSM Software 10.8 Troubleshoot BSM adjusts 10.9 Explain the concept and architecture of SMIA Perform basic troubleshooting on SMIA 11 Handle APG & IOG type AXE network elements in OSS-RC 11.1 Explain the basic network interface to AXE APG & IOG equipment 11.2 Use tools to troubleshoot problems with access to AXE APG & IOG nodes 11.3 Explain the FM interface to AXE APG & IOG nodes 11.4 Use troubleshooting tools to verify alarm flow 11.5 Integrate a new AXE APG network element to OSS 11.6 Verify the setup of SMIA and other recordings on AXE APG & IOG nodes 11.7 Verify the flow of statistical recordings from AXE APG & IOG through OSS SGW 12 Use and explain Core Network specific OSS-RC features and interfaces 12.1 Clarify the CM interface on M-MGw to OSS-RC 12.2 Explain the Mobile Media Gateway and MSC CM 12.3 Integrate a new Mobile Media Gateway to OSS-RC 12.4 Explain the overall concept of M-MGw statistical interface to OSS-RC 12.5 Explain the MIA/SGw solution and the data reception in OSS-RC 12.6 Setup new recordings and verify the recording file transfer 12.7 Describe the GPRS System 12.8 Perform basic troubleshooting of GPRS Fault Management Interface 12.9 Explain the overall concept of the GSN statistical interface to OSS-RC Use the GPRS Configuration Manager to configure the GSN nodes 13 Describe the SAE Network 13.1 Discuss the EPC and EPS Architecture 13.2 Describe SAE interface with LTE 13.3 Integrate a new SAE Node in the OSS-RC 13.4 Discuss the interfaces between the User and control plane in the SAE Network 13.5 Explain the MIA/Job Manager solution and the data reception in OSS-RC 14 Use and maintain the O&M Backup Solution (OMBS) 14.1 Describe the OMBS Hardware & Software Architecture 14.2 Investigate the use of the GUI/Command line interfaces to configure Backup Profiles 14.3 Employ the tools perform and verify the backup execution 14.4 Identify the functionality of Bare Metal Restore as part of OMBS 15 Discuss the High Availability Solutions 15.1 Describe the High Availability Cluster Server Solution 15.2 Analyze the HA Cluster Communications 15.3 Perform Administration on HA Cluster systems 15.4 Describe the High Availability Replication Solution 15.5 Compare the different HA-RS Scenarios 2011

195 Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC operations applications related to the Core Network. Suitable courses include: OSS-RC Overview LZU R3A OSS-RC 10 Applications Workshop LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 Applications for Core LZU R1A Successful completion of the following external courses or equivalent knowledge: Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. Duration and class size The length of the course is 7 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where students use an OSS-RC server with connections to either real or simulated network elements. 2011

196 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 2 1 User management 4 2 Disk & Volume Management 3 2 CIF Platform Overview 3 3 CIF Platform Services 4 3 Node Integration General and Data Handling 2 4 Core Network Node OSS-RC Integration 1 4 FM Architecture / FM Basic, Kernel / FM Viewer 4 4 CPP FM Interface 1 5 Statistical Data Mart 2 5 AXE Common Components 2 6 AXE APG & IOG Specific 3 6 Core Network Specific 2 7 SAE Specific 2 7 OMBS 1 7 High Availability

197 OSS-RC 10.3 System Administration for GSM LZU Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections to GSM network elements, administration of the GSM related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS-RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Analyze OSS-RC on overview level 1.1 Describe the role that OSS-RC plays in supporting a telecommunications network 1.2 Locate key documents in the ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Manage User accounts in OSS-RC 2.1 Discuss the use of LDAP DS versus NIS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS-RC User Accounts 2.3 Modify a User's Authority in TSS 2.4 Use TSS Authority Administration GUI 2.5 Implement TSS Password Administration CLI 3 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure 3.1 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC 3.2 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.3 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore. 3.4 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.5 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores

198 3.6 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces 4 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 4.1 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.2 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.3 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.4 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.5 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.1 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.2 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.3 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.4 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.5 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.6 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.7 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.1 Determine the purpose of the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.2 Explain the ONE Application's purpose 6.3 Use tools to check on ONRM's sanity and consistency 6.4 Identify the functionality of the Base Station Integration Manager 6.5 Perform Administration of the ENIQ Mediation (ENIQ-M) feature 7 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem architecture 7.2 Determine the Managed Components and Processes used in FM 7.3 Investigate the basic features of GUI Alarm Viewers and FM NMS interfaces 7.4 Navigate the flow of alarms 7.5 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Handle the Statistical Data Mart (SDM) 8.1 Describe the SDM architecture 8.2 Explain interfaces for GSM and Core network statistical data 8.3 Manage standard maintenance procedures 8.4 Verify SDM's operation 9 Handle AXE common applications and troubleshoot 9.1 Describe the overall architecture of External Access Manager 9.2 Explain the main applications from EMT package (SRM, CLS & TGw) 9.3 Configure and Troubleshoot Telnet Gateway (TGw) 9.4 Use SRM and CLS 9.5 Explain the CNA architecture, the different Planned Area's and Jobs 9.6 Verify CNA operation and perform maintenance 2011

199 9.7 Outline the concept of BCM/BSM Software 9.8 Troubleshoot BSM adjusts 9.9 Explain the concept and architecture of SMIA 9.10 Perform basic troubleshooting on SMIA 10 Handle APG & IOG type AXE network elements in OSS-RC 10.1 Explain the basic network interface to AXE APG & IOG equipment 10.2 Use tools to troubleshoot problems with access to AXE APG & IOG nodes 10.3 Explain the FM interface to AXE APG & IOG nodes 10.4 Use troubleshooting tools to verify alarm flow 10.5 Integrate a new AXE APG network element to OSS 10.6 Verify the setup of SMIA and other recordings on AXE APG & IOG nodes 10.7 Verify the flow of statistical recordings from AXE APG & IOG through OSS SGW 11 Use and maintain the O&M Backup Solution (OMBS) 11.1 Describe the OMBS Hardware & Software Architecture 11.2 Investigate the use of the GUI/Command line interfaces to configure Backup Profiles 11.3 Employ the tools perform and verify the backup execution 11.4 Identify the functionality of Bare Metal Restore as part of OMBS 12 Discuss the High Availability Solutions 12.1 Describe the High Availability Cluster Server Solution 12.2 A alyze the HA Cluster Communications 12.3 Perform Administration on HA Cluster systems 12.4 Describe the High Availability Replication Solution 12.5 Compare the different HA-RS Scenarios Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC operations applications related to the GSM Network. Suitable courses include: OSS-RC 10.3 Overview LZU R3A OSS-RC 10.3 Applications Workshop LZU R1A OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for GSM LZU R1A Successful completion of the following external courses or equivalent knowledge: Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. 2011

200 Duration and class size The length of the course is 6 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where students use an OSS-RC server with connections to either real or simulated network elements. 2011

201 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 2 1 User management 4 2 Disk & Volume Management 3 2 CIF Platform Overview 3 3 CIF Platform Services 4 3 Node Integration General and Data Handling 2 4 GSM Node OSS-RC Integration 1 4 FM Architecture / FM Basic, Kernel / FM Viewer 4 5 Statistical Data Mart 2 5 AXE Common Components 2 6 AXE APG & IOG Specific 3 6 OMBS 1 6 High Availability

202 2011

203 OSS-RC 10.3 System Administration for WCDMA/LTE LZU Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections to WCDMA/LTE network elements, administration of the WCDMA/LTE related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS-RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Analyze OSS-RC on overview level 1.1 Describe the role that OSS-RC plays in supporting a telecommunications network 1.2 Locate key documents in the ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Manage User accounts in OSS-RC 2.1 Discuss the use of LDAP DS versus NIS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS-RC User Accounts 2.3 Modify a User's Authority in TSS 2.4 Use TSS Authority Administration GUI 2.5 Implement TSS Password Administration CLI 3 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure 3.1 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC 3.2 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.3 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore. 3.4 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.5 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores 3.6 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces

204 4 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 4.1 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.2 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.3 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.4 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.5 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.1 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.2 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.3 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.4 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.5 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.6 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.7 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.1 Determine the purpose of the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.2 Explain the ONE Application's purpose 6.3 Use tools to check on ONRM's sanity and consistency 6.4 Identify the functionality of the Base Station Integration Manager 6.5 Perform Administration of the ENIQ Mediation (ENIQ-M) feature 7 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem architecture 7.2 Determine the Managed Components and Processes used in FM 7.3 Investigate the basic features of GUI Alarm Viewers and FM NMS interfaces 7.4 Navigate the flow of alarms 7.5 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Explain and configure the Alarm Interface to CPP network elements 8.1 Discuss the 3GPP Alarm and Notification IRP Interface 8.2 Describe the CIRP Manager in OSS-RC 8.3 Follow the flow of alarms from network element to FM Kernel 9 Briefly describe the WCDMA & LTE Radio Access Network 9.1 Outline the Configuration Management solution for WCDMA & LTE 9.2 Demonstrate the use of the Common Explorer 9.3 Use tools to verify the CM consistency 9.4 Integrate a new WCDMA network element into OSS 9.5 Explore the use of BSIM to integrate a new LTE network element into OSS 9.6 Explain the PM interface to CPP Based WCDMA & LTE nodes 9.7 Evaluate the PM concepts of Performance Monitoring & Subscription Profiles 9.8 Explore the use of PMS to verify statistical recordings 2011

205 10 Use and maintain the O&M Backup Solution (OMBS) 10.1 Describe the OMBS Hardware & Software Architecture 10.2 Investigate the use of the GUI/Command line interfaces to configure Backup Profiles 10.3 Employ the tools perform and verify the backup execution 10.4 Identify the functionality of Bare Metal Restore as part of OMBS 11 Discuss the High Availability Solutions 11.1 Describe the High Availability Cluster Server Solution 11.2 Analyze the HA Cluster Communications 11.3 Perform Administration on HA Cluster systems 11.4 Describe the High Availability Replication Solution 11.5 Compare the different HA-RS Scenarios Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC operations applications related to the WCDMA/LTE RAN Network. Suitable courses include: OSS-RC RC 10.3 Overview LZU R3A OSS-RC 10.3 Applications Workshop LZU R1A OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for WCDMA/LTE LZU R1A Successful completion of the following external courses or equivalent knowledge: Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. Duration and class size The length of the course is 5 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation 2011

206 The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where students use an OSS-RC server with connections to either real or simulated network elements. 2011

207 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 2 1 User management 4 2 Disk & Volume Management 3 2 CIF Platform Overview 3 3 CIF Platform Services 4 3 Node Integration General and Data Handling 2 4 WCDMA/LTE Node OSS-RC Integration 1 4 FM Architecture / FM Basic, Kernel / FM Viewer 4 5 WCDMA/LTE Specific 4 5 OMBS 1 5 High Availability

208 OSS-RC 10.3 System Administration for IMS LZU Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections to IMS network elements, administration of the IMS related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS-RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Analyze OSS-RC on overview level 1.1 Describe the role that OSS-RC plays in supporting a telecommunications network 1.2 Locate key documents in the ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Manage User accounts in OSS-RC 2.1 Discuss the use of LDAP DS versus NIS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS-RC User Accounts 2.3 Modify a User's Authority in TSS 2.4 Use TSS Authority Administration GUI 2.5 Implement TSS Password Administration CLI 3 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure 3.1 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC 3.2 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.3 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore. 3.4 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.5 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores 3.6 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces

209 4 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 4.1 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.2 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.3 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.4 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.5 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.1 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.2 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.3 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.4 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.5 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.6 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.7 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.1 Determine the purpose of the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.2 Explain the ONE Application's purpose 6.3 Use tools to check on ONRM's sanity and consistency 6.4 Identify the functionality of the Base Station Integration Manager 6.5 Perform Administration of the ENIQ Mediation (ENIQ-M) feature 7 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem architecture 7.2 Determine the Managed Components and Processes used in FM 7.3 Investigate the basic features of GUI Alarm Viewers and FM NMS interfaces 7.4 Navigate the flow of alarms 7.5 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Understand the evolving methods of Communication 8.1 Explain IMS 8.2 Describe Ericsson IMS offering and the benefits of this offering 8.3 Understand the Layered architecture 8.4 Have a good knowledge of the IMS nodes, including the Core nodes 8.5 Integrate a new IMS network element into OSS 8.6 Understand Fault management including SNMP Alarm and Notification IRP interface 8.7 Understand Fault management including Alarm flow and presentation 8.8 Explain the SNMP supervision manager toolkit 8.9 Understand Performance management with Performance Data Mediation 8.10 Understand Configuration management including the IMS Configuration Manager 9 Use and maintain the O&M Backup Solution (OMBS) 9.1 Describe the OMBS Hardware & Software Architecture 2011

210 9.2 Investigate the use of the GUI/Command line interfaces to configure Backup Profiles 9.3 Employ the tools perform and verify the backup execution 9.4 Identify the functionality of Bare Metal Restore as part of OMBS 10 Discuss the High Availability Solutions 10.1 Describe the High Availability Cluster Server Solution 10.2 Analyze the HA Cluster Communications 10.3 Perform Administration on HA Cluster systems 10.4 Describe the High Availability Replication Solution 10.5 Compare the different HA-RS Scenarios Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC operations applications related to the Core Network. Suitable courses include: OSS-RC 10.3 Overview LZU R3A OSS-RC 10.3 Applications Workshop LZU R1A OSS-RC 10.3 Applications for Core LZU R1A Successful completion of the following external courses or equivalent knowledge: Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. Duration and class size The length of the course is 5 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation 2011

211 The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where students use an OSS-RC server with connections to either real or simulated network elements. 2011

212 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 2 1 User management 4 2 Disk & Volume Management 3 2 CIF Platform Overview 3 3 CIF Platform Services 4 3 Node Integration General and Data Handling 2 4 WCDMA/LTE Node OSS-RC Integration 1 4 FM Architecture / FM Basic, Kernel / FM Viewer 4 5 IMS Specific 4 5 OMBS 1 5 High Availability

213 OSS-RC 10.3 CIF Platform Troubleshooting LZU Description Did you ever wonder where the parameters entered in the ARNE GUI are stored? Have you had problems with Network Elements that do not appear in the FM, CNA or WCDMA CM applications after they had both been created in OSS-RC? This course will describe fully where the information is stored and how to troubleshoot problems with the Configuration Services, Notification Service, Directory Service or in any associated areas. This course will describe all major OSS-RC CIF platform-related software components. It will give a detailed explanation of their use in OSS-RC, possible problems that occur in the CIF platform and how to manage those problems. The course contains exercises dealing with recovery from mild to severe platform-related problems. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Clarify the major third party components used in OSS Platform 1.1 Express CIF s basic architecture 1.2 List third party products used in CIF 1.3 Enlighten the third party products in CIF and OSS 2 Maintain Java and CORBA basic architecture 2.1 Clarify basic object-oriented programming in java 2.2 Inspect java server startup files used to start a Managed Component 2.3 Troubleshoot the java processes using JConsole 2.4 Explicate the basic CORBA architecture for Naming Services 3 Handle the Diagnostic Data Collection in OSS-RC 3.1 Elucidate the concept of Diagnostic Data Collection 3.2 List and explain the various tools for DDC provided in CIF 3.3 Handle DDC data via command line 4 Handle Versant Database System in OSS-RC 4.1 Clarify the difference between ODBMS and other database systems 4.2 Elucidate Versant s basic ODBMS architecture 4.3 Administer ODBs using the major Versant Database administration tools 4.4 Use the Ericsson support scripts for Versant Database System 5 Troubleshoot the Notification Service and Notification Agent in OSS-RC 5.1 Enlighten the OMG Event Service 5.2 Clarify the advantages of OMG Notification Service over Event Service

214 5.3 Explicate the Notification Service in CIF Platform 5.4 List applications using Notification Service in CIF and OSS-RC 5.5 Manage and test Notification Service operation 5.6 Enlighten the Notification Agent Concept 5.7 Reset Notification Agent and Notification Service using Ericsson tools to reset 6 Troubleshoot Ericsson Configuration Service 6.1 Elucidate the terminology used in Configuration Service 6.2 Access Configuration Services using Ericsson tools 6.3 Troubleshoot data inconsistencies in a Configuration Service 7 Handle application parameters in OSS-RC 7.1 Troubleshoot parameter faults in Parameter Service, PDB Maps, Self Management parameters and startup parameters 7.2 List the application groups making use of one or another parameter store 7.3 Elucidate the major building blocks of Parameter Service 7.4 Create, modify and delete information inside of PAS, using the command line interface 7.5 Enlighten the PDB Map solution 7.6 Create, modify and delete information in PDB Map files 7.7 Elucidate the Self Management Parameter concept 7.8 Change temporary and permanent SM parameters using Ericsson tools 7.9 Clarify the launch service 7.10 Debug, reconfigure and reset launch services using Ericsson Tools 8 Troubleshoot Self Management and SM Log Service 8.1 Clarify the Self Management Architecture 8.2 Handle processes in CIF/OSS-RC using tools other than Self Management GUI 8.3 Elucidate the log and trace functions in CIF Self Management 8.4 Manage Self Management Logs in OSS-RC 2011

215 Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Engineers, Service Engineers, System Administrators. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC, its product structure, and the applications and functions provided. They should be familiar with the common sub-systems, such as Fault Management, Network Statistics and Configuration Managers for WCDMA and/or GSM. It is strongly recommended that the participants have at least one year s practical OSS-RC working experience as Administrators. Preferably students have attended one of the following courses before: OSS-RC 10.3 System Administration for Core LZU R1A OSS-RC 10.3 System Administration for WCDMA/LTE LZU R1A OSS-RC 10.3 System Administration for IMS LZU R1A OSS-RC 10.3 System Administration for GSM LZU R1A Duration and class size The length of the course is 5 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom environment. 2011

216 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction Java and Corba essentials Diagnostic Data Collection 3 2 Versant Database Administration 3 3 Notification Service and Notification Agent 6 4 Configuration Service 6 5 Application Parameter stores 3 5 Self Management and Log Service

217 OSS-RC 10.3 Operations For TSS LZU Description This course will give the student knowledge about how to use the Telephony Soft switch Solution support functions in the OSS-RC After the course the students will be able to handle all the standard applications in order to operate the system. The focus of the course is communication, bulk configuration, fault management and performance management of AXE,AXD and IS nodes forming an TSS network. The course consists of modules with mostly practical sessions (task-oriented) but there will also be theoretical parts. The students solve the tasks on the training system, using the online documentation. After the course the students should have the knowledge required to work as system operators, i.e. to perform the most common tasks required to operate and supervise the TSS network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Give an overview of the OSS-RC Describe the work areas of OSS-RC Describe the supported Nodes 1.3 Describe the OSS-RC upgrade history 1.4 Describe the wireline applications 1.5 Describe the hardware configuration 1.6 Describe the structure of the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 1.7 Find relevant information in ALEX regarding OSS-RC functions and applications 1.8 Describe the documentation/help in AMS for AXD301 nodes 1.9 Describe the documentation/help in ISMS for IS nodes 1.10 Use the OSS Network Explorer (ONE) GUI to access the available support activities for O&M in the network 1.11 Find network objects and view object properties 1.12 Create and edit a network browser view 1.13 Launch applications 2 Give an overview of the Fault Management applications 2.1 Describe the Fault Handling functions in OSS-RC Use Fault Manager (FM) tools to manage alarms and configure the way they are presented 2.3 Configure the Alarm Status Matrix (ASM) and interpret the different objects and

218 alarm symbols 2.4 Configure and filter the information in the Alarm List viewer (ALV) 2.5 Acknowledge alarms and write comments in the ALV 2.6 Use filters the retrieve alarms and statistics from the alarm log with the Alarm Log Browser (ALB) 2.7 Configure the Graphical and logical Network Information Presentation (GNIP) and connect the Alarm Status Viewer (ASV) 3 Give an overview of the AXE Command Handling (CHA) tool 3.1 Use CHA to communicate with, and manage AXEs 3.2 Run command files by using the CHA 3.3 Perform Element Management by communicating with, and configuring AXE network elements 3.4 Use WinFiol to communicate with, and manage AXEs 3.5 Use Command Log Search (CLS) to search in the Command and Response Log. 3.6 Set up time activation of command files/scripts with the Element Management Activity Manager (EMAM) 3.7 Set up subscriptions of spontaneous reports with the Spontaneous ReportsManager (SRM) 3.8 Describe and use Operations Procedure Support (OPS) both as a development tool and part of an expert system 3.9 Run Command Files using OPS 3.10 Edit existing Command Files 3.11 Create and debug simple Command Files 4 Give an overview of the Software Management Application (SMO) application 4.1 Use the Software Management Organizer, SMO, to handle network elements 4.2 View Network Element details 4.3 Monitor started Jobs 4.4 Run an SMO procedure 4.5 Run an AXE procedure 4.6 Run an IS procedure 5 Give an overview of the Performance Management 5.1 View, Create, Modify, Copy, Delete and Stop measurement jobs 5.2 Initiate Audits on Network Elements and check their current status 5.3 Display the MML/Error/Audit/Activity Logs associated with administration of measurement jobs 5.4 Print the STS Db Collection Status 5.5 Explain the SGw functionality 5.6 Explain the PDM functionality 5.7 Describe the ENIQ solution for TSS 6 Give an overview of ACT, PMR and BASE tools 6.1 Understand the role and basics of ACT 6.2 Initiate backup operations 6.3 Perform bulk configuration 6.4 Describe restore backup, patch operations and cloning configuration 2011

219 6.5 Understand the role and basics of PMR 6.6 Create measurement jobs in AXD 6.7 Create measurement configurations for AXDs 6.8 Order measurements in AXDs 6.9 Order performance monitoring reports to be generated 6.10 Describe the role and basics of BASE Describe the relation between BASE and the AOS applications 6.12 Use the Topology Manager for centralized management of topology information of AXD nodes 6.13 Use the Audit Trail Browser to track network management actions 7 Give an overview of IS management through OSS-RC Understand the role of IS in TSS 7.2 Describe the IS Management System 7.3 Explain how the IS nodes can be managed by OSS-RC 10.3 Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Technicians, System Engineers, System Administrators. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: AXE Operation and Configuration LZU (or equivalent knowledge) IS 2.0 Operation and Configuration LZU (or equivalent knowledge) They should have Basic UNIX knowledge. Duration and class size The length of the course is 5 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation This course is based on theoretical and practical instructor-led lessons given in both classroom and in a technical environment using equipment and tools, which are accessed remotely 2011

220 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction OSS-RC Documentation ONE CHA Element Management Tools/WinFiol 2 Element Management Tools/WinFiol Element Management Tools/OPS SMO FM tools SMIA/SGW/PDM BASE 5 ACT PMR IS Management Course summary & course evaluation

221 OSS-RC Overview LZU Description Today operators manage extremely large networks, varying from Wireline, GSM, CORE to 3G networks. This could mean that up to 30,000 cells may need to be configured, troubleshooted and monitored. Do you know how operators manage their network elements? Ericsson s Operation Support System for Radio & Core (OSS-RC) is designed to manage, configure, monitor, troubleshoot and upgrade all the various networks available i.e: wireline Core, 2G and 3G. Participants attending the OSS Overview course will be given a basic introduction to the OSS-RC R10 system. They will learn how OSS-RC R10 is used for centralized Operation and Maintenance of mobile networks, the nodes specific to each network as well as service layer equipment. Participants are introduced to the Sub-Network Management Platform and learn how its components and applications provide comprehensive configuration, management and optimization applications. They also learn about the benefits associated with these applications. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.1 Briefly describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC. 1.2 Identify the OSS-RC components that support two or more network types. 1.3 Briefly describe the structure of the Active Library Explorer, ALEX for OSS-RC. 1.4 Overview the functionality offered by the common integration framework CIF.2.1 Outline the functionality of one or more common component 2 Discuss the OSS-RC Common Components 2.1 Recognize that components that support more than one network type. 2.2 Understand their basic functionality 3 Identify the OSS-RC Core Network Component 3.1 Understand and recognise each of the following: 3.2 Core Network Status Monitor 3.3 Call Path Tracing application 3.4 Number Analysis Manager application 3.5 Interactive Messaging Manager application

222 3.6 IMS Configuration Manager application 3.7 MSC Feature Inventory 3.8 Review the new support for SAE 4 Identify the OSS-RC WCDMA and LTE RAN components 4.1 Be familiar with the Common Explorer and its functionality 4.2 List the benefits and basic functionality of the OSS-RC WCDMA and LTE components. 5 Identify the GSM RAN components. 5.1 Understand the functionality of the Cellular Network Administration application and interface. 5.2 Describe the Base Station Management applications. 5.3 Outline IP support and IP configuration for GSM RAN. 5.4 Recognise the benefit of Multipe Core Network Support Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Technicians, System Engineers, and System Administrators or anyone who works with OSS and needs a high level overview of the product. This audience is anyone new to OSS-RC who requires an overview of the OSS-RC product. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: WCDMA Network Fundamentals, WBL (FAB R1A) GSM Network Fundamentals WBL (FAB R1A) or GSM System Survey LZU GPRS System Survey LZU or Ericsson WCDMA System Overview LZU The participants should be familiar with GSM network or WCDMA network. Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 16. Learning situation 2011

223 This course is based on theoretical instructor-led lessons given in a classroom or virtual classroom environment with remote access to equipment and tools for demonstration purposes, where possible. 2011

224 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction to OSS-RC and Platform Overview 1 2 OSS-RC Common Components 2 3 OSS-RC Core Network Components 1 4 OSS-RC WCDMA and LTE RAN Components 1 5 OSS-RC GSM RAN and Wireline Components

225 OSS-RC 10.0 Common Applications for Network Management LZU R1A Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 10.0 Common Applications for Network Management will give you an introduction to the various common applications available in OSS-RC 10. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Identifying trends in the network, prediciting problems and optimising the network as a result. Regular maintanance tasks to keep the network running smoothly at all times. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the common OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. There are several other courses which act as an add-on course to this common applications course, they are each 1day. They are: OSS-RC 10 Core Network Applications for Network Management LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 WCDMA/LTE RAN Applications for Network Management LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 GSM RAN Applications for Network Management LZU R1A It is recommended that at least 1 module is done with this 3 day Common Applications course. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Explain on overview level the OSS-RC Network 1.1 Explain why network management is necessary, and outline the role of OSS-RC as a network management system 1.2 Describe the overall functionality offered by OSS-RC 1.3 Identify the OSS-RC components 1.4 Describe the OSS Network Explorer and the Active Library Explorer (ALEX). 1.5 Describe how to add NE s to be managed by OSS through the use of ARNE

226 1.6 Explain the purpose and functionality of the Common Integration Framework (CIF) 1.7 Describe in brief the client server architecture 1.8 Compare the two high availability solutions for OSS-RC, cluster and replication. 2 Describe and use the Fault Management applications in OSS-RC 2.1 Explain the purpose of Fault Management (FM) and outline its benefits. 2.2 Describe the architecture of the FM System. 2.3 Identify the various FM applications available. 2.4 Describe the Alarm Handling process in OSS-RC. 3 Describe the AXE management tools within OSS-RC 3.1 Describe the MML command structure 3.2 Explain the CHA and WinFIOL tools available in OSS-RC for MML communication with AXE network elements. 3.3 Explore the functionality of the AXE Element Management tools (EMT): 3.4 Describe the Operations Support Procedure (OPS) tool and explore the OPS Scripting language for script development for AXE network elements. 3.5 Describe the Functionality of the File Handling Application (FHA) 4 Explain the Software Management Organizer application 4.1 Explain the importance of Software Management Organizer (SMO) in OSS RC 10 for regular maintenance of Network Elements. 4.2 Describe the functionality of SMO. 5 Explore the functionality of the Job Manager applications. 5.1 Discuss the Job Structure and differentiate between the various components of a job such as tasks and activities. 5.2 Explore the options available from the Job Editor, Task Editor and Job Supervisor GUIs 6 Explain the Performance Management setup within OSS-RC 6.1 Describe the Network Statistics (NWS) Performance management solution for WCDMA, LTE, GSM, CORE including IMS. 6.2 Discuss the Statistical Measurement Initiation & Administration (SMIA), Measurement 6.3 Initiation & Administration (MIA), Performance Data Mediation (PDM) and Performance Management Subsystem (PMS) tools. 6.4 Describe the data mediation tools (Statistical Gateway - SGw) and storage methods 6.5 Explore the functionality available from the Network Statistics Analyzer (NWS-A) tool for reporting on and analyzing statistical data and the Performance Statistical Alarm (PSA) Application that monitors thresholds in NWS. 6.6 Describe the Ericsson Network IQ (ENIQ) performance management solution 6.7 Examine how ENIQ is integrated into OSS-RC. 7 Describe the optional features of the Event Based Applications for Core, WCDMA RAN and GSM RAN 8 Describe the various optimization applications within RNO 2011

227 Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: WCDMA Network Fundamentals, WBL (FAB R1A) or WCDMA Network Fundamentals, Blended Training (FAB R1A) or GSM Network Fundamentals WBL (FAB R1A) or GSM Network Fundamentals, Blended Training (FAB R1A) or LTE/SAE a System Overview (WBL- LZU R1A) or LTE/SAE System Overview (LZU R2A) The participants should be familiar with GSM network or WCDMA network or the LTE network Duration and class size The length of the course is 3 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation This is a workshop based on interactive training sessions in a classroom environment. 2011

228 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 1. OSS-RC Introduction Fault Management AXE handling in OSS-RC Software/Hardware Management Job Manager Network Statistics & ENIQ Event Based Applications Radio Network Optimization

229 OSS-RC 10.0 Core Network Applications for Network Management LZU Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 10 Core Network Applications for Network Management is a course that can be added to the OSS-RC 10 Common Applications for Network Management course or can be taken on it own. It gives an introduction to the various Core Network applications available in OSS-RC 10 for the Packet and Circuit Switched domains, covering the core nodes for GSM, WCDMA, SAE and IMS. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Helps you to make configuration changes in the Core network Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the Core Network OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. There are several other courses which act as an add-on s to this course, they are each 1 day courses, they are: OSS-RC 10 WCDMA/LTE RAN Applications for Network Management LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 GSM RAN Applications for Network Management LZU R1A It is requirement that the 3 day OSS-RC 10 Common Applications for Network Management (LZU R1A) course be done before this course. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Describe all the OSS-RC Core applications 1.1 Describe the key functions of the MSC MGw Configuration Manager (MMCM) in OSS-RC. 1.2 Discuss the MSC Feature Inventory Job. 1.3 Explain the features and benefits of the Interactive Messaging Manager, Number Analysis Manager and Call Path Tracing

230 1.4 Describe MSC in Pool Management 1.5 Explain the AXE Audit Tool for MSC-S Blade Cluster 1.6 Describe the key functions of the GPRS Configuration Management tool 1.7 Explain the GPRS test and monitoring features within GCM 1.8 Describe the SGSN in Pool Management feature 1.9 Describe the SAE support OSS RC 10 provides 1.10 Common Core Network Component 1.11 Describe the functionality of CNSM 1.12 Discuss the Fault Management Support provided by OSS RC for IMS nodes Describe the key functions of the IMS Configuration Manager application 1.14 Recap briefly on the Performance Management support of the IMS nodes Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: OSS-RC 10 Common Applications for Network Management (LZU R1A) WCDMA Network Fundamentals, WBL (FAB R1A) or WCDMA Network Fundamentals, Blended Training (FAB R1A) or LTE/SAE a System Overview (WBL- LZU R1A) or LTE/SAE System Overview (LZU R2A) or GSM Network Fundamentals WBL (FAB R1A) or GSM Network Fundamentals, Blended Training (FAB R1A) or IMS 4.1 Overview (LZU R1B) The participants should be familiar with Core Network Packet & Circuit Switched domains for GSM/WCDMA/SAE aswell as the IMS nodes. Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 day and the maximum number of participants is 8. However it can be customized according to customer needs. 2011

231 Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation This is a workshop based on interactive training sessions in a classroom environment. 2011

232 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 1. Core Network Applications a. Circuit Switched Applications 2 b. Packet Switched Applications 2 c. Common Core Applications 1 d. IMS Application

233 OSS-RC 10.0 GSM RAN Applications for Network Management LZU Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 10 GSM WCDMA/LTE RAN Applications for Network Management is a module that can be added to the OSS-RC 10 Common Applications for Network Management course or can be taken on it own. It gives an introduction to the various GSM RAN applications available in OSS-RC 10. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Helps you to make configuration changes in the RAN network After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the GSM RAN OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. There are several other courses which act as an add-on modules to this course, they are each 1day modules. They are 1. OSS-RC 10 Core Network Applications for Network Management LZU R1A 2. OSS-RC 10 WCDMA/LTE RAN Applications for Network Management LZU R1A It is recommended that the 3 day OSS-RC 10 Common Applications for Network Management Common Applications (LZU R1A) course be done before this module. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 OSS-RC GSM RAN Applications 1.1 Describe CNA, CNAI and the concepts of valid and planned area network configurations 1.2 Explain the Base Station Management (BSM) feature. 1.3 Determine the use of the Performance Management Traffic Recording (PMR) applications;

234 1.4 Mobile Traffic Recording (MTR) 1.5 Cell Traffic Recording (CTR) 1.6 Channel Event Recording (CER) 1.7 Identify the new applications; 1.8 Management 1.9 Multiple Core Network Support Management 1.10 Describe the IP Support applications for the GSM RAN 1.11 IP Configuration Support 1.12 Abis over IP Configuration Management Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: GSM Network Fundamentals WBL (FAB R1A) or GSM Network Fundamentals, Blended Training (FAB R1A) The participants should be familiar with GSM network. Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation This is a workshop based on interactive training sessions in a classroom environment. 2011

235 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 GSM RAN Applications

236 OSS-RC 10.0 WCDMA/LTE RAN Applications for Network Management LZU R1A Description Do you find network management a high-pressure and challenging activity? On a daily basis must you respond to demands for information on the status of the network, network trends and optimization? This OSS-RC 10 WCDMA/LTE RAN Applications for Network Management is a module that can be added to the OSS-RC 10 Common Applications for Network Management course or can be taken on it own. It gives an introduction to the various WCDMA and LTE RAN applications available in OSS-RC 10. The course approaches network management proactively, introducing the OSS-RC applications that are used for the following key aspects of network management: Finding the current status of the network, and troubleshooting the network in the event of errors. Helps you to make configuration changes in the RAN network After the course, the participants should have a basic understanding of how to use all the WCDMA and LTE RAN OSS-RC applications and of how to proceed using the application themselves. There are several other courses which act as an add-on courses, they are each 1 day in duration. They are; OSS-RC 10 Core Network Applications for Network Management LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 GSM RAN Applications for Network Management LZU R1A It is requirement that the 3 day OSS-RC 10 Common Applications for Network Management (LZU R1A) course be done before this module. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Describe the OSS-RC WCDMA/LTE applications 1.1 Describe the functionality of the Common Explorer (CEX) in OSS RC Identify and describe the various Configuration applications in the Common Explorer; 2.1 Bulk Configuration

237 2.2 Add RBS Wizard (ARW) 2.3 Base Station Integration Manager (BSIM) 2.4 Transport tool for re-parenting (TTR) 2.5 Radio tool for re-parenting (RTR) 2.6 Trivial Export and Import (TEI) 2.7 Advanced MO scripting (AMOS) 2.8 RBS Power Save (RPS) 3 Describe the functionality of all the Diagnostic and Monitoring tools in Common Explorer. 3.1 Network Status Display (NSD) 3.2 Node Status Analyser (NSA) 3.3 Transport Network Topology Viewer (TELIS) 3.4 Cell Availability 3.5 Health Check 3.6 IRATHOM 3.7 Recording and Events Interface (REI) Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Deployment Engineers, System Engineers, and Service Engineers. This audience is anyone working with OSS-RC who requires an introduction regarding how to use OSS-RC for network management purposes, within the work area. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: OSS-RC 10 Common Applications for Network Management (LZU R1A) and WCDMA Network Fundamentals, WBL (FAB R1A) or WCDMA Network Fundamentals, Blended Training (FAB R1A) or LTE/SAE a System Overview (WBL- LZU R1A) or LTE/SAE System Overview (LZU R2A) The participants should be familiar with WCDMA network or the LTE network. 2011

238 Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation This is a workshop based on interactive training sessions in a classroom environment. 2011

239 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 WCDMA/LTE RAN Applications

240 OSS-RC 10.0 Core System Administration LZU R1A Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections to Core network elements, administration of the Core Network related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS-RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Analyze OSS-RC on overview level 1.1 Describe the role that OSS-RC plays in supporting a telecommunications network 1.2 Locate key documents in the ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Manage User accounts in OSS-RC 2.1 Discuss the use of LDAP DS versus NIS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS-RC User Accounts 2.3 Modify a User's Authority in TSS 2.4 Use TSS Authority Administration GUI 2.5 Implement TSS Password Administration CLI 3 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure 3.1 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC 3.2 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.3 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore. 3.4 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.5 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores 3.6 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces 4 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform

241 4.1 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.2 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.3 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.4 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.5 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.1 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.2 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.3 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.4 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.5 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.6 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.7 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.1 Determine the purpose of the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.2 Explain the ONE Application's purpose 6.3 Use tools to check on ONRM's sanity and consistency 6.4 Identify the functionality of the Base Station Integration Manager 6.5 Perform Administration of the ENIQ Mediation (ENIQ-M) feature 7 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem architecture 7.2 Determine the Managed Components and Processes used in FM 7.3 Investigate the basic features of GUI Alarm Viewers and FM NMS interfaces 7.4 Navigate the flow of alarms 7.5 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Explain and configure the Alarm Interface to CPP network elements 8.1 Discuss the 3GPP Alarm and Notification IRP Interface 8.2 Describe the CIRP Manager in OSS-RC 8.3 Follow the flow of alarms from network element to FM Kernel 9 Handle the Statistical Data Mart (SDM) 9.1 Describe the SDM architecture 9.2 Explain interfaces for GSM and Core network statistical data 9.3 Manage standard maintenance procedures 9.4 Verify SDM's operation 10 Handle AXE common applications and troubleshoot 10.1 Describe the overall architecture of External Access Manager 10.2 Explain the main applications from EMT package (SRM, CLS & TGw) 10.3 Configure and Troubleshoot Telnet Gateway (TGw) 10.4 Use SRM and CLS 2011

242 10.5 Explain the CNA architecture, the different Planned Area's and Jobs 10.6 Verify CNA operation and perform maintenance 10.7 Outline the concept of BCM/BSM Software 10.8 Troubleshoot BSM adjusts 10.9 Explain the concept and architecture of SMIA Perform basic troubleshooting on SMIA 11 Handle IOG type AXE network elements in OSS-RC 11.1 Describe the basic interface on AXE IOG equipment 11.2 Identify the tools in OSS-RC used to connect to AXE IOG nodes 11.3 Explain how configuration management is executed to AXE IOG nodes 11.4 Use tools troubleshoot access problems on AXE IOG nodes 11.5 Clarify the FM interface to AXE IOG nodes 11.6 Examine the flow of alarm information from network element to FM Kernel 11.7 Use troubleshooting tools to verify alarm flow 11.8 Use configuration tools to customize the alarm reception 11.9 Describe the process of integrating a AXE IOG network element to OSS-RC Integrate a new AXE IOG network element to OSS-RC Identify the different tools used to verify the interfaces to the new network element Outline the simplified setup of statistical recordings on AXE IOG nodes Indicate the different tables on IOG holding PM related Configuration data Define those entities by which recordings are produced and send to OSS-RC Verify the setup of SMIA and other recordings on AXE IOG nodes Verify the flow of statistical recordings from AXE IOG through OSS-RC SGW 12 Handle APG type AXE network elements in OSS-RC 12.1 Outline the basic interface on AXE APG equipment 12.2 Identify the tools in OSS used to connect to AXE APG nodes 12.3 Explain how configuration management is executed to AXE APG nodes 12.4 Use tools troubleshoot access problems on AXE APG nodes 12.5 Describe the FM interface to AXE APG nodes 12.6 Interpret the flow of alarm information from network element to FM Kernel 12.7 Use troubleshooting tools to verify alarm flow 12.8 Use configuration tools to customize the alarm reception 12.9 Integrate an AXE APG network element to OSS-RC Include a new AXE APG network element to OSS-RC Verify the interfaces to the new network element Outline the simplified setup of statistical recordings on AXE APG nodes Explain the different tables on APG holding PM related Configuration data Define those entities by which recordings are produced and send to OSS-RC Verify the setup of SMIA and other recordings on AXE APG nodes Verify the flow of statistical recordings from AXE APG through OSS-RC SGW 13 Use and explain M-MGw specific OSS-RC features and interfaces 13.1 Clarify the CM interface on M-MGw to OSS-RC 13.2 Explain the Mobile Media Gateway and MSC CM 13.3 Integrate a new Mobile Media Gateway to OSS-RC 2011

243 13.4 Explain the overall concept of M-MGw statistical interface to OSS-RC 13.5 Explain the MIA/SGw solution and the data reception in OSS-RC 13.6 Setup new recordings and verify the recording file transfer 14 Describe the SAE Network 14.1 Discuss the EPC and EPS Architecture 14.2 Describe SAE interface with LTE 14.3 Integrate a new SAE Node in the OSS-RC 14.4 Discuss the interfaces between the User and control plane in the SAE Network 14.5 Explain the MIA/Job Manager solution and the data reception in OSS-RC 15 GSN Specific 15.1 Describe the GPRS System 15.2 Integrate GPRS nodes with OSS RC 15.3 Perform basic troubleshooting of GPRS Fault Management Interface 15.4 Explain the overall concept of the GSN statistical interface to OSS-RC 15.5 Use the GPRS Configuration Manager to configure the GSN nodes in the GSM and WCDMA networks 16 Use and maintain the O&M Backup Solution (OMBS) 16.1 Describe the OMBS Hardware & Software Architecture 16.2 Investigate the use of the GUI/Command line interfaces to configure Backup Profiles 16.3 Employ the tools perform and verify the backup execution 16.4 Identify the functionality of Bare Metal Restore as part of OMBS 17 Discuss the High Availability Solutions 17.1 Describe the High Availability Cluster Server Solution 17.2 Analyze the HA Cluster Communications 17.3 Perform Administration on HA Cluster systems 17.4 Describe the High Availability Replication Solution 17.5 Compare the different HA-RS Scenarios Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC operations applications related to the Core Network. Suitable courses include: OSS-RC Overview LZU R3A OSS-RC 10 Common Applications for Network Management LZU R1A 2011

244 OSS-RC 10 Core Network Applications for Network Management LZU R1A Successful completion of the following external courses or equivalent knowledge: Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. Duration and class size The length of the course is 7 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where students use an OSS-RC server with connections to either real or simulated network elements. 2011

245 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction User management Disk & Volume Management CIF Platform Overview CIF Platform Services Node Integration General and Data Handling Core Network Node OSS-RC Integration FM Architecture / FM Basic, Kernel / FM Viewer CPP FM Interface Statistical Data Mart AXE Common Components AXE APG Specific AXE IOG Specific M-MGw Specific

246 6/7 SAE Specific 2 7 GSN Specific 2.5 hours OMBS 1.5 hours High Availability 1.5 hours 2011

247 OSS-RC 10.0 GSM System Administration LZU Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections to GSM network elements, administration of the GSM related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS-RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Analyze OSS-RC on overview level 1.1 Describe the role that OSS-RC plays in supporting a telecommunications network 1.2 Locate key documents in the ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Manage User accounts in OSS-RC 2.1 Discuss the use of LDAP DS versus NIS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS-RC User Accounts 2.3 Modify a User's Authority in TSS 2.4 Use TSS Authority Administration GUI 2.5 Implement TSS Password Administration CLI 3 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure 3.1 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC 3.2 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.3 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore. 3.4 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.5 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores 3.6 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces 4 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform

248 4.1 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.2 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.3 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.4 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.5 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.1 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.2 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.3 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.4 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.5 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.6 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.7 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.8 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.1 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.2 Determine the purpose of the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.3 Explain the ONE Application's purpose 6.4 Use tools to check on ONRM's sanity and consistency 6.5 Identify the functionality of the Base Station Integration Manager 6.6 Perform Administration of the ENIQ Mediation (ENIQ-M) feature 7 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.2 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem architecture 7.3 Determine the Managed Components and Processes used in FM 7.4 Investigate the basic features of GUI Alarm Viewers and FM NMS interfaces 7.5 Navigate the flow of alarms 7.6 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Handle the Statistical Data Mart (SDM) 8.1 Handle the Statistical Data Mart (SDM) 8.2 Describe the SDM architecture 8.3 Explain interfaces for GSM and Core network statistical data 8.4 Verify SDM's operation 8.5 Perform basic troubleshooting on data load 9 Handle AXE common applications and troubleshoot 9.1 Describe the overall architecture of External Access Manager 9.2 Explain the main applications from EMT package (SRM, CLS & TGw) 9.3 Configure and Troubleshoot Telnet Gateway (TGw) 9.4 Use SRM and CLS 9.5 Explain the CNA architecture, the different Planned Area's and Jobs 2011

249 9.6 Verify CNA operation and perform maintenance 9.7 Outline the concept of BCM/BSM Software 9.8 Troubleshoot BSM adjusts 9.9 Explain the concept and architecture of SMIA 9.10 Perform basic troubleshooting on SMIA 10 Handle IOG type AXE network elements in OSS-RC 10.1 Describe the basic interface on AXE IOG equipment 10.2 Identify the tools in OSS-RC used to connect to AXE IOG nodes 10.3 Explain how configuration management is executed to AXE IOG nodes 10.4 Use tools troubleshoot access problems on AXE IOG nodes 10.5 Clarify the FM interface to AXE IOG nodes 10.6 Examine the flow of alarm information from network element to FM Kernel 10.7 Use troubleshooting tools to verify alarm flow 10.8 Use configuration tools to customize the alarm reception 10.9 Describe the process of integrating a AXE IOG network element to OSS-RC Integrate a new AXE IOG network element to OSS-RC Identify the different tools used to verify the interfaces to the new network element Outline the simplified setup of statistical recordings on AXE IOG nodes Indicate the different tables on IOG holding PM related Configuration data Define those entities by which recordings are produced and send to OSS-RC Verify the setup of SMIA and other recordings on AXE IOG nodes Verify the flow of statistical recordings from AXE IOG through OSS-RC SGW 11 Handle APG type AXE network elements in OSS-RC 11.1 Outline the basic interface on AXE APG equipment 11.2 Identify the tools in OSS used to connect to AXE APG nodes 11.3 Explain how configuration management is executed to AXE APG nodes 11.4 Use tools troubleshoot access problems on AXE APG nodes 11.5 Describe the FM interface to AXE APG nodes 11.6 Interpret the flow of alarm information from network element to FM Kernel 11.7 Use troubleshooting tools to verify alarm flow 11.8 Use configuration tools to customize the alarm reception 11.9 Integrate an AXE APG network element to OSS-RC Include a new AXE APG network element to OSS-RC Verify the interfaces to the new network element Outline the simplified setup of statistical recordings on AXE APG nodes Explain the different tables on APG holding PM related Configuration data Define those entities by which recordings are produced and send to OSS-RC Verify the setup of SMIA and other recordings on AXE APG nodes Verify the flow of statistical recordings from AXE APG through OSS-RC SGW 12 Use and maintain the O&M Backup Solution (OMBS) 12.1 Describe the OMBS Hardware & Software Architecture 12.2 Investigate the use of the GUI/Command line interfaces to configure Backup Profiles 12.3 Employ the tools perform and verify the backup execution 12.4 Identify the functionality of Bare Metal Restore as part of OMBS 2011

250 13 Discuss the High Availability Solutions 13.1 Describe the High Availability Cluster Server Solution 13.2 Analyze the HA Cluster Communications 13.3 Perform Administration on HA Cluster systems 13.4 Describe the High Availability Replication Solution 13.5 Compare the different HA-RS Scenarios Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC operations applications related to GSM RAN Suitable courses include: OSS-RC Overview LZU R3A OSS-RC 10 Common Applications for Network Management LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 GSM RAN Applications for Network Management LZU R1A Successful completion of the following external courses or equivalent knowledge: Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. Duration and class size The length of the course is 6 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where students use an OSS-RC server with connections to either real or simulated network elements. 2011

251 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 2 User management 4 2 Disk & Volume Management 3 CIF Platform Overview 3 3 CIF Platform Services 4 Node Integration General and Data Handling 2 4 GSM Node OSS-RC Integration 1 FM Architecture / FM Basic, Kernel / FM Viewer 4 Statistical Data Mart 2 5 AXE Common Components 2 AXE APG Specific AXE IOG Specific 2.5 OMBS 1.5 High Availability

252 OSS-RC 10.0 WCDMA/LTE System Administration LZU R1A Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections to WCDMA/LTE network elements, administration of the WCDMA/LTE related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS-RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Analyze OSS-RC on overview level 1.1 Describe the role that OSS-RC plays in supporting a telecommunications network 1.2 Locate key documents in the ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Manage User accounts in OSS-RC 2.1 Discuss the use of LDAP DS versus NIS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS-RC User Accounts 2.3 Modify a User's Authority in TSS 2.4 Use TSS Authority Administration GUI 2.5 Implement TSS Password Administration CLI 3 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure 3.1 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC 3.2 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.3 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore. 3.4 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.5 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores 3.6 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces

253 4 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 4.1 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.2 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.3 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.4 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.5 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.1 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.2 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.3 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.4 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.5 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.6 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.7 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.1 Determine the purpose of the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.2 Explain the ONE Application's purpose 6.3 Use tools to check on ONRM's sanity and consistency 6.4 Identify the functionality of the Base Station Integration Manager 6.5 Perform Administration of the ENIQ Mediation (ENIQ-M) feature 7 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem architecture 7.2 Determine the Managed Components and Processes used in FM 7.3 Investigate the basic features of GUI Alarm Viewers and FM NMS interfaces 7.4 Navigate the flow of alarms 7.5 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Explain the Connectivity Packet Platform (CPP) 8.1 Explain and configure the Alarm Interface to CPP network elements 8.2 Discuss the 3GPP Alarm and Notification IRP Interface 8.3 Describe the CIRP Manager in OSS-RC 8.4 Follow the flow of alarms from network element to FM Kernel 9 Briefly describe the WCDMA & LTE Radio Access Network 9.1 Outline the Configuration Management solution for WCDMA & LTE 9.2 Demonstrate the use of the Common Explorer 9.3 Use tools to verify the CM consistency 9.4 Integrate a new WCDMA network element into OSS 9.5 Explore the use of BSIM to integrate a new LTE network element into OSS 9.6 Explain the PM interface to CPP Based WCDMA & LTE nodes 9.7 Evaluate the PM concepts of Performance Monitoring & Subscription Profiles 2011

254 9.8 Explore the use of PMS to verify statistical recordings 10 Use and maintain the O&M Backup Solution (OMBS) 10.1 Describe the OMBS Hardware & Software Architecture 10.2 Investigate the use of the GUI/Command line interfaces to configure Backup Profiles 10.3 Employ the tools perform and verify the backup execution 10.4 Identify the functionality of Bare Metal Restore as part of OMBS 11 Discuss the High Availability Solutions 11.1 Describe the High Availability Cluster Server Solution 11.2 Analyze the HA Cluster Communications 11.3 Perform Administration on HA Cluster systems 11.4 Describe the High Availability Replication Solution 11.5 Compare the different HA-RS Scenarios Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC operations applications related to WCDMA RAN Suitable courses include: Ericsson WCDMA System Overview LZU R7A OSS-RC Overview LZU R3A OSS-RC 10 Common Applications for Network Management LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 WCDMA/LTE RAN Applications for Network Management LZU R1A Successful completion of the following external courses or equivalent knowledge: Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. Duration and class size The length of the course is 5 days and 1 hours and the maximum number of participants is

255 Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where students use an OSS-RC server with connections to either real or simulated network elements. 2011

256 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction User management Disk & Volume Management CIF Platform Overview CIF Platform Services Node Integration General and Data Handling WCDMA Node OSS-RC Integration FM Architecture / FM Basic, Kernel / FM Viewer CPP FM Interface WCDMA & LTE Specific OMBS High Availability

257 OSS-RC 10.0 IMS System Administration LZU Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS-RC system. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections to IMS network elements, administration of the IMS related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS-RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS-RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Analyze OSS-RC on overview level 1.1 Describe the role that OSS-RC plays in supporting a telecommunications network 1.2 Locate key documents in the ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Manage User accounts in OSS-RC 2.1 Discuss the use of LDAP DS versus NIS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS-RC User Accounts 2.3 Modify a User's Authority in TSS 2.4 Use TSS Authority Administration GUI 2.5 Implement TSS Password Administration CLI 3 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure 3.1 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC 3.2 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.3 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore. 3.4 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.5 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores 3.6 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces 4 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform

258 4.1 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.2 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.3 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.4 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.5 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.1 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.2 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.3 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.4 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.5 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.6 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.7 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Identify the ONRM, it's topology and connection to other OSS-RC Subsystems 6.1 Determine the purpose of the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.2 Explain the ONE Application's purpose 6.3 Use tools to check on ONRM's sanity and consistency 6.4 Identify the functionality of the Base Station Integration Manager 6.5 Perform Administration of the ENIQ Mediation (ENIQ-M) feature 7 Investigate the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem architecture 7.2 Determine the Managed Components and Processes used in FM 7.3 Investigate the basic features of GUI Alarm Viewers and FM NMS interfaces 7.4 Navigate the flow of alarms 7.5 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Understand the evolving methods of Communication 8.1 Explain IMS 8.2 Describe Ericsson IMS offering and the benefits of this offering 8.3 Understand the Layered architecture 8.4 Have a good knowledge of the IMS nodes, including the Core nodes 8.5 Integrate a new IMS network element into OSS 8.6 Understand Fault management including SNMP Alarm and Notification IRP interface 8.7 Understand Fault management including Alarm flow and presentation 8.8 Explain the SNMP supervision manager toolkit 8.9 Understand Performance management with Performance Data Mediation 8.10 Understand Configuration management including the IMS Configuration Manager 9 Use and maintain the O&M Backup Solution (OMBS) 9.1 Describe the OMBS Hardware & Software Architecture 9.2 Investigate the use of the GUI/Command line interfaces to configure Backup Profiles 9.3 Employ the tools perform and verify the backup execution 2011

259 9.4 Identify the functionality of Bare Metal Restore as part of OMBS 10 Discuss the High Availability Solutions 10.1 Describe the High Availability Cluster Server Solution 10.2 Analyze the HA Cluster Communications 10.3 Perform Administration on HA Cluster systems 10.4 Describe the High Availability Replication Solution 10.5 Compare the different HA-RS Scenarios Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC operations applications related to IMS Suitable courses include: OSS-RC Overview LZU R3A OSS-RC 10 Common Applications for Network Management LZU R1A Successful completion of the following external courses or equivalent knowledge: Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. Duration and class size The length of the course is 5 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom equipped with an LCD-projector and a training environment where students use an OSS-RC server with connections to either real or simulated network elements. 2011

260 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction /5 5 5 User management Disk & Volume Management CIF Platform Overview CIF Platform Services Node Integration General and Data Handling IMS Node OSS-RC Integration FM Architecture / FM Basic, Kernel / FM Viewer IMS Specific OMBS High Availability

261 OSS-RC 10.0 CIF Platform Troubleshooting LZU R1A Description Did you ever wonder where the parameters entered in the ARNE GUI are stored? Have you had problems with Network Elements that do not appear in the FM, CNA or WCDMA CM applications after they had both been created in OSS-RC? This course will describe fully where the information is stored and how to troubleshoot problems with the Configuration Services, Notification Service or in any associated areas and collect data relating to the problems. This course will describe all major OSS-RC CIF platform-related software components. It will give a detailed explanation of their use in OSS-RC, possible problems that occur in the CIF platform and how to manage those problems. The course contains exercises dealing with recovery from mild to severe platform-related problems. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Recognise some basic troubleshooting methodology 1.1 Describe CIF s basic architecture 1.2 List third party products used in CIF 1.3 Enlighten the third party products in CIF and OSS 2 Clarify basic object-oriented programming in java 2.1 Discuss general java code execution 2.2 Inspect java server startup files used to start a Managed Component 2.3 Monitor java applications using jconsole 2.4 List and enlighten the major CORBA components 2.5 Explicate the basic CORBA architecture 2.6 Maintain the CORBA Naming Service in OSS-RC 3 Clarify the difference between ODBMS and other database systems 3.1 Explain Versant s basic ODBMS architecture 3.2 Administer ODBMS s using the major Versant Database administration tools 3.3 Use the Ericsson support scripts for Versant Database System 4 Troubleshoot parameter faults in Parameter Service, PDB Maps, Self Management parameters and startup parameters 4.1 List the application groups making use of one or another parameter store 4.2 Enlighten the PDB Map solution

262 4.3 Create, modify and delete information in PDB Map files 4.4 Explain the major building blocks of Parameter Service 4.5 Create, modify and delete information inside of PAS, using the command line interface 4.6 Clarify the launch service 4.7 Debug, reconfigure and reset launch services using Ericsson Tools 5 Recognize the role of the Configuration Service in OSS-RC 5.1 Explain the terminology used in Configuration Service 5.2 Identify the changes in architecture in previous CIF platforms 5.3 Access Configuration Services using Ericsson tools 5.4 Troubleshoot data inconsistencies in a Configuration Service 6 Enlighten the OMG Event Service 6.1 Clarify the advantages of OMG Notification Service over Event Service 6.2 Explicate the Notification Service in CIF Platform 6.3 List applications using Notification Service in CIF & OSS-RC 6.4 Manage and test Notification Service operation 6.5 Enlighten the Notification Agent Concept 6.6 Reset Notification Agent and Notification Service using Ericsson tools to reset 7 Clarify the Self Management Architecture 7.1 Handle processes in CIF/OSS using tools other than Self Management GUI 7.2 Explain the log and trace functions in CIF Self Management 7.3 Manage Self Management Logs in OSS-RC 8 Recognize the importance of data collection for troubleshooting 8.1 Distinguish the various methods of basic data collection in OSS-RC 8.2 Execute different methods of tracing inherent to Solaris 8.3 Explain the Diagnostic Data Collection (DDC) product 8.4 Extract information from DDC for use in troubleshooting 8.5 Differentiate between the range of DDC Utilities Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Engineers, Service Engineers, System Administrators. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC, its product structure, and the applications and functions provided. They should be familiar with the common sub-systems, such as Fault Management, Network Statistics and Configuration Managers for WCDMA and/or 2011

263 GSM. It is strongly recommended that the participants have at least one year s practical OSS-RC working experience as Administrators. Preferably students have attended one of the following courses before: OSS-RC 10 Core System Administration LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 CDMA/LTE System Administration LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 IMS System Administration LZU R1A OSS-RC 10 GSM System Administration LZU R1A Duration and class size The length of the course is 5 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation The course is based on instructor-led lessons and case-oriented exercises in a classroom environment. 2011

264 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction 1.5 hours 1 Java and Corba essentials 4.5 hours 2 Versant Database Administration 3 hours 2 Application Parameter stores 3 hours 3 Configuration Service 6 hours 4 Notification Service and Notification Agent 6 hours 5 Self Management and Log Service 3 hours 5 Diagnostic Data Collection 3 hours 2011

265 MN-OSS to OSS-RC 10 Delta LZU Description OSS-RC 10 extends the support of OSS-RC 10 to include support for Ericsson's Wireline product range replacing MN-OSS 8.0 for future applications. All platform changes that impact the functionality of OSS will be covered as well as any changes or improvements to the Fault Management, Software Management and Performance Management functionalities. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Give an overview of the OSS-RC Describe the Work Areas of OSS-RC Describe the Supported Nodes 1.3 Describe the OSS-RC Upgrade History 1.4 Describe the TSS network applications 1.5 Describe the Hardware configuration 2 Give an overview of the platform changes in OSS-RC Describe the basic service updates 2.2 Describe the ARNE enhancements 2.3 Describe the ONE enhancements 2.4 Explain the Sybase Activity Support Database cleanup mechanism 2.5 Describe the Self Management console enhancement 2.6 Describe the Solaris Volume manager 2.7 Describe the LDAP used for user management 3 Give an overview of the improvements in Fault Management 3.1 Describe ALV GUI improvements 3.2 Describe miscellaneous changes in FM 3.3 Describe capacity and performance improvements in FM 4 Describe the Software Management differences between MN-OSS 8.0 and OSS-RC Describe the SMO GUI enhancements 4.2 Use the Software Management Organizer, SMO, to handle IS modes

266 4.3 Describe the hardware inventory implementation differences 5 Describe the Performance Management changes between MN-OSS 8.0 and 0SS- RC Describe the PM changes in OSS-RC Explain the PDM functionality 5.3 Describe the ENIQ solution for TSS 6 Give an overview of the OSS-RC 10 Infrastructure 6.1 Briefly describe the minimum deployment configuration of OSS-RC 10 for supporting wireline applications 6.2 Describe the functionality of the OSS-RC infrastructure components Target audience The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Technicians and System Engineers Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with MN-OSS 8.0 applications for supporting TSS network, and OSS-RC 10 applications and functions, or Successful completion of the following course: MN-OSS Operation for TSS LZU R2A Duration and class size The length of the course is 2 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation This course is based on theoretical and practical instructor-led lessons given in both classroom and in a technical environment using equipment and tools, which are accessed 2011

267 remotely. 2011

268 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 OSS-RC Introduction Platform Fault Management Fault Management Software Management Performance Management Infrastructure Course Evaluation

269 OSS-RC 10 TSS Operation LZU Description This course will give the student knowledge about how to use the Telephony Soft switch Solution support functions in the OSS-RC 10. After the course the students will be able to handle all the standard applications in order to operate the system. The focus of the course is communication, bulk configuration, fault management and performance management of AXE,AXD and IS nodes forming an TSS network. The course consists of modules with mostly practical sessions (task-oriented) but there will also be theoretical parts. The students solve the tasks on the training system, using the on-line documentation. After the course the students should have the knowledge required to work as system operators, i.e. to perform the most common tasks required to operate and supervise the TSS network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Give an overview of the OSS-RC Describe the work areas of OSS-RC Describe the supported Nodes 1.3 Describe the OSS-RC upgrade history 1.4 Describe the wireline applications 1.5 Describe the hardware configuration 2 Give an overview of the documentation used for supporting the TSS functions in OSS-RC Describe the structure of the Active Library Explorer (ALEX) 2.2 Find relevant information in ALEX regarding OSS-RC functions and applications 2.3 Describe the documentation/help in AMS for AXD301 nodes 2.4 Describe the documentation/help in ISMS for IS nodes 3 Give an overview of the OSS Network Explorer application Detailed Learning DLO style 3.1 Use the OSS Network Explorer (ONE) GUI to access the available support activities for O&M in the network 3.2 Find network objects and view object properties 3.3 Create and edit a network browser view 3.4 Launch applications

270 4 Give an overview of the AXE Command Handling (CHA) tool 4.1 Use CHA to communicate with, and manage AXEs 4.2 Run command files by using the CHA 5 Give an overview of the AXE Element Management tools and WinFiol application 5.1 Perform Element Management by communicating with, and configuring AXE network elements 5.2 Use WinFiol to communicate with, and manage AXEs 5.3 Use Command Log Search (CLS) to search in the Command and Response Log. 5.4 Set up time activation of command files/scripts with the Element Management Activity Manager (EMAM) 5.5 Set up subscriptions of spontaneous reports with the Spontaneous ReportsManager (SRM) 6 Give an overview of the Operations Procedure Support tool 6.1 Describe and use Operations Procedure Support (OPS) both as a development tool and part of an expert system 6.2 Run Command Files using OPS 6.3 Edit existing Command Files 6.4 Create and debug simple Command Files 7 Give an overview of the Software Management Application (SMO) application 7.1 Use the Software Management Organizer, SMO, to handle network elements 7.2 View Network Element details 7.3 Monitor started Jobs 7.4 Run an SMO procedure 7.5 Run an AXE procedure 7.6 Run an IS procedure 8 Give an overview of the Fault Management applications 8.1 Describe the Fault Handling functions in OSS-RC Use Fault Manager (FM) tools to manage alarms and configure the way they are presented 8.3 Configure the Alarm Status Matrix (ASM) and interpret the different objects and alarm symbols 8.4 Configure and filter the information in the Alarm List viewer (ALV) 8.5 Acknowledge alarms and write comments in the ALV 8.6 Use filters the retrieve alarms and statistics from the alarm log with the Alarm Log Browser (ALB) 8.7 Configure the Graphical and logical Network Information Presentation (GNIP) and connect the Alarm Status Viewer (ASV) 9 Give an overview of the Performance Management 9.1 View, Create, Modify, Copy, Delete and Stop measurement jobs 9.2 Initiate Audits on Network Elements and check their current status 9.3 Display the MML/Error/Audit/Activity Logs associated with administration of measurement jobs 9.4 Print the STS Db Collection Status 2011

271 9.5 Explain the SGw functionality 9.6 Explain the PDM functionality 9.7 Describe the ENIQ solution for TSS 10 Give an overview of BASE 10.1 Describe the role and basics of BASE Describe the relation between BASE and the AOS applications 10.3 Use the Topology Manager for centralized management of topology information of AXD nodes 10.4 Use the Audit Trail Browser to track network management actions 11 Give an overview of ACT, and PMR tools 11.1 Understand the role and basics of ACT 11.2 Initiate backup operations 11.3 Perform bulk configuration 11.4 Describe restore backup, patch operations and cloning configuration 11.5 Understand the role and basics of PMR 11.6 Create measurement jobs in AXD 11.7 Create measurement configurations for AXDs 11.8 Order measurements in AXDs 11.9 Order performance monitoring reports to be generated 12 Give an overview of IS management through OSS-RC Understand the role of IS in TSS 12.2 Describe the IS Management System 12.3 Explain how the IS nodes can be managed by OSS-RC 10 Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Technicians, System Engineers, System Administrators. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: AXE Operation and Configuration LZU (or equivalent knowledge) AXD301 Operations LZU (or equivalent knowledge) IS 2.0 Operation and Configuration LZU (or equivalent knowledge) They should have Basic UNIX knowledge. 2011

272 Duration and class size The length of the course is 5 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation This course is based on theoretical and practical instructor-led lessons given in both classroom and in a technical environment using equipment and tools, which are accessed remotely. 2011

273 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction OSS-RC Documentation ONE CHA Element Management Tools/WinFiol Element Management Tools/WinFiol Element Management Tools/OPS SMO FM tools SMIA/SGW/PDM BASE 5 ACT PMR IS Management Course summary & course evaluation

274 OSS-RC 10 TSS System Administration LZU Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge about administration of the OSS RC system for TSS networks. After the course the students will be able to handle network element connections, administration of the OSS-RC related applications and both standard and corrective maintenance of the system. The student will gain knowledge about how to manage processes, errors and authority issues in the OSS RC system. The course consists of chapters with both theoretical and practical sessions. The theoretical parts explain the structure of the OSS-RC system and the network environment. In the practical sessions the students will be presented with the tasks required to administer and maintain an OSS RC system. The students solve the tasks on a training system, using the on-line documentation. It should be noted that this is not an OSS-RC operations course where the applications are operated, and neither does it give any information on how to operate or administer different network elements. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Give an overview of the OSS-RC Describe the OSS-RC on overview level 1.2 Describe the role of OSS-RC on supporting telecom networks 1.3 Describe the work areas of OSS-RC Locate key documents in ALEX documentation for OSS-RC 2 Give an overview of the User Management procedures 2.1 Describe the LDAP DS 2.2 Add and Delete OSS User Accounts 2.3 Use TSS Authority Administration 2.4 Modify User s Authority in TSS 2.5 Use TSS Password Administration 3 Describes the Disk and Volume Management 3.1 Navigate the OSS-RC file system structure 3.2 Explain the disk configurations used in OSS-RC 3.3 Differentiate between the uses of Solaris and Veritas Volume Managers 3.4 Investigate DMR, the standard backup solution for backup and restore. 3.5 Determine and describe the functions of DMR 3.6 Handle DMR to take file system backups and restores

275 3.7 Describe the Storage Checkpoint feature and use its interfaces 4 Give an overview of the Common Integration Platform 4.1 Explain the structure of Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 4.2 Identify the components of the CIF Software Architecture and explain the function each provides 4.3 Recognize the role of the Solaris Operating System 4.4 Use the Service Management Facility to control the Solaris process 4.5 Investigate the different Database solutions provided by CIF and use tools to administer their operation 4.6 Determine the role CORBA based services play in the operation of the CIF platform 5 Give an overview of the most important CIF services 5.1 Explain the services provided by the Common Integration Framework (CIF) Platform 5.2 Investigate the role of CIF Self Management 5.3 Explain the Managed Component (MC) Concept 5.4 Use the CIF Management Console to manage MCs 5.5 Determine the role of the Configuration Service 5.6 Use Object Explorer to access information held in Configuration Services 5.7 Identify the use of the LDAP directory service and employ tools to browse its structure 5.8 Investigate the services used for navigation, parameter and event distribution within the platform 6 Give an overview of the Network Resource Model, the master topology model in OSS-RC Explain the ONRM, its topology and connection to other OSS Subsystems 6.2 Explain the ARNE tool and how data is managed within the ONRM 6.3 Explain the purpose of the ONE Application 6.4 Use tools to check on ONRM's integrity and consistency 7 Describe the Fault Management Subsystem 7.1 Inspect the Fault Management Subsystem Architecture 7.2 Determine the Managed FM Components and Processes 7.3 Navigate the flow of alarms through the FM subsystem 7.4 List and use troubleshooting tools at different FM internal interfaces 8 Give an overview of the OSS-RC 10 components that support the AXE NE type 8.1 Describe the architecture and functionalities of External Access Manager 8.2 Explain the OSS network interface to AXE IOG equipment 8.3 Perform troubleshooting on AXE IOG access problems 8.4 Describe the FM interface to AXE IOG nodes 8.5 Describe the flow of alarm information from AXE IOG nodes to FM Kernel 8.6 Describe Performance monitoring for AXE IOG nodes 8.7 Describe the configuration procedure for AXE IOG nodes 8.8 Explain the OSS network interface to AXE APG equipment 8.9 Perform troubleshooting on AXE APG access problems 8.10 Describe the FM interface to AXE APG nodes 8.11 Describe the flow of alarm information from AXE APG nodes to FM Kernel 2011

276 8.12 Describe Performance monitoring for AXE APG nodes 8.13 Describe the configuration procedure for AXE APG nodes 9 Give an overview of the AXD integration in OSS-RC 10 environment 9.1 Describe the FM interface towards AXD nodes 9.2 Explain Performance management implementation for AXD nodes 9.3 Describe the configuration procedure through ARNE for AXD nodes 10 Give an overview of the IS integration in OSS-RC 10 environment 10.1 Describe the FM interface towards IS nodes 10.2 Explain Performance management implementation 10.3 Describe the configuration procedure through ARNE Target audience The target audience for this course is: System Administrators. Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with: TSS concepts regarding the supported NEs Sybase: Fast track to Adaptive Server Enterprise Sun: Solaris 10 System Administration I and II The participants should also be familiar with Veritas Volume Management and have general knowledge of TCP/IP. Or, Successful completion of the following courses: TSS 4.0 Introduction LZU R3A TSS OSS-RC 10 TSS Operation LZU R1A Duration and class size The length of the course is 5 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 8. Learning situation This course is based on theoretical and practical instructor-led lessons given in both classroom and in a technical environment using equipment and tools, which are accessed remotely. 2011

277 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Introduction User management 2 Disk & Volume Management CIF Platform Overview 3 CIF Platform Services Network Resource Model 4 Fault Management AXE NE Integration 5 AXE NE Integration AXD NE Integration IS NE Integration

278 OSS-RC 7 Delta LZU R1A Description OSS RC R7 has evolved and improved in many ways since OSS RC R5. New features, functionality and broader network support. OSS-RC 7 extends the support of OSS-RC to include major new functionality for the management of Ericsson's Long Term Evolution (LTE) & System Architecture Evolution (SAE) systems and also adds support for Ericsson's Wireline product range replacing MN- OSS for future applications. All new node support will be covered along with any new features that have been introduced since R5, particularly in the areas of Performance Management, WCDMA and Core. All platform changes that impact the functionality of OSS will be covered as well as any changes or improvements to the functionality. Any applications/components that have been phased out or whos functionality is now offered by another application will also be covered in this course. The evolution of OSS-RC from revision 5.3 to 7.1 is covered in this training. For those who have previously participated in OSS-RC training programs for version OSS-RC 6.x, a customised 3 hour VCT course can be delivered to provide the delta to OSS-RC 7. Learning objectives On completion of this course the participants will be able to: 1 Outline the changes to the OSS-RC platform 1.1 Provide an overview of the upgrade history 1.2 Categorize the change in the CIF platform 1.3 Identify miscellaneous changes within the OSS 1.4 Identify improvements to the Job Manager Clean Up 1.5 Recognize OSS support for the Wireline network 2 Outline the impact of OSS-RC 7 on Fault Management and SMO Applications 2.1 Recognise the improvements in Fault Management and Software Management

279 Organiser 2.2 Identify the evolution of the Applications as the OSS and Node versions are upgraded 2.3 Clarify the changes introduced for Node Compatibility 2.4 Expand upon the new functionality available for CPP nodes in SMO 2.5 Recognize the impact of the support for IMS within SMO 2.6 Appreciate GUI enhancements with Fault Management 3 Outline the enhancement to the OSS Performance Management Applications and ENIQ 3.1 Outline amendments to SGW 3.2 Understand ENIQ s integration to the OSS and performance management 3.3 Identify the changes in Business Objects 4 Identify the improvement to the GSM RAN Management Applications 4.1 Identify the changes introduced for Node Compatibility 4.2 Give examples of Improvements to the CNA and BSM applications 4.3 Recognize the impact of the support for the IP Infrastructure 4.4 Identify the new feature FFAX - Both Links Recording 5 Understand the impact of the support for LTE to WCDMA Configuration Management in OSS 5.1 Recognize the new WCDMA-LTE Common Explorer 5.2 Describe the changes to Planned Area Activation 5.3 Describe the new Add RBS wizard functionalities 5.4 Describe the new features W-RAP, WCC-AR, FFAX-W, NSD and WRPS. 5.5 Discuss Long Term Evolution and its integration to OSS 6 Describe the enhancements within OSS-RC 7 for Core Network Management 6.1 Identify the changes introduced for Node Compatibility 6.2 List improvements in the Core Network Tools 6.3 Give examples of the improvement in the Circuit Switch management applications. 6.4 Give examples of the improvements in the Packet Switch management applications 6.5 Outline the new feature Multiple Core Network Support Management 6.6 Discuss the enhancements to the GCM GUI s. 7 Understand the changes to the architecture in OSS-RC Compare the current version of OSS-RC 7 architecture with the older releases 7.2 Discuss Business Objects enhancements 7.3 Recognise the NIS Migration 7.4 Identify the miscellaneous changes affecting the Backup Solution and the High Availability Solutions 8 Identify the process for upgrading to OSS-RC Review the upgrade paths 8.2 Appreciate the upgrade principles 8.3 Understand R7 procedures for Upgrades 2011

280 Target audience The target audience for this course is: The target audience for this course is: Network Design Engineers, Network Deployment Engineers, Service Technicians and System Engineers Prerequisites Successful completion of the following courses: The participants should be familiar with OSS-RC R5. Duration and class size The length of the course is 1 days and 0 hours and the maximum number of participants is 16. Learning situation The length of the course is 1 day and the maximum number of participants is 16. This course is based on theoretical instructor-led lessons given in a classroom environment. 2011

281 Time schedule The time required always depends on the knowledge of the attending participants and the hours stated below can be used as estimate. Day Topics in the course Estimated Time (hours) 1 Platform 0.5 hours Fault and Software management 0.5 hours Performance management 1 hour GSM Management 1 hour Core Management 1 hour WCDMA LTE management 1 hour Infrastructure 0.5 hours Upgrade 0.5 hours 2011

Mobile OSS (OSS-RC 7, 10 and 11) Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

Mobile OSS (OSS-RC 7, 10 and 11) Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions Mobile OSS (OSS-RC 7, 10 and 11) Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Page 2 Catalog of Course Descriptions OSS-RC 10.3 OVERVIEW...6 OSS-RC R10.3 DELTA...9 OSS-RC R11.0 DELTA...12 OSS-RC 10.3

More information

Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge required to administrate the OSS-RC system.

Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge required to administrate the OSS-RC system. OSS-RC 13B System Administration LZU1089424 R1A Description This course will give the student thorough knowledge required to administrate the OSS-RC system. This course prepares OSS-RC System Administrators

More information

Ericsson Multiservice Proxy (MSP) 7.0 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

Ericsson Multiservice Proxy (MSP) 7.0 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions Ericsson Multiservice Proxy (MSP) 7.0 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION... 3 ERICSSON MULTISERVICE PROXY (MSP) 7.0 SYSTEM SURVEY... 4 ERICSSON

More information

Ericsson Telecom CRM 2 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

Ericsson Telecom CRM 2 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions Ericsson Telecom CRM 2 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION... 3 TELECOM CRM 2.0 OVERVIEW... 4 TELECOM CRM 2 CUSTOMER CARE... 7 Commercial in Confidence

More information

RBS 6000 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

RBS 6000 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions RBS 6000 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Page 2 2 Telephone: +46 8 757 0000 Page 3 Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION... 5 GSM RADIO NETWORK OVERVIEW... 7 WCDMA RADIO ACCESS NETWORK

More information

Packet Core Network 2015

Packet Core Network 2015 Packet Core Network 2015 What does Packet Core network Training Provide? It allows us to build and maintain competence in Packet Core with flexible Training Packages and effective flows It includes Delta

More information

Messaging over IP (MoIP) 6.1 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

Messaging over IP (MoIP) 6.1 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions Messaging over IP (MoIP) 6.1 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Page 2 Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION... 3 MESSAGING-OVER-IP (MOIP) 6.1 SYSTEM SURVEY... 4 MESSAGING-OVER-IP (MOIP)

More information

Ericsson Customer Management System 2.0 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

Ericsson Customer Management System 2.0 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions Ericsson Customer Management System 2.0 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION...3 E-TRAINING: ERICSSON CUSTOMER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BASICS...4 ECMS

More information

Mobile Packet Backbone Network Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

Mobile Packet Backbone Network Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions Mobile Packet Backbone Network Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Page 2 Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION... 6 MOBILE PACKET BACKBONE NETWORK (M-PBN) R5.1 DELTA... 7 MOBILE PACKET

More information

Convergent Charging & Billing Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

Convergent Charging & Billing Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions Convergent Charging & Billing Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions 1 Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION... 3 CONVERGENT CHARGING AND BILLING OVERVIEW... 4 CONVERGENT CHARGING AND BILLING

More information

Telephony Softswitch Solution (TSS) 4.0 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

Telephony Softswitch Solution (TSS) 4.0 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions Telephony Softswitch Solution (TSS) 4.0 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Page 2 Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION... 6 ACCESS NETWORKS, AN OVERVIEW... 7 APG 40 DELTA (WINDOWS

More information

Long Term Evolution - LTE L10 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

Long Term Evolution - LTE L10 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions Long Term Evolution - LTE L10 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Page 2 Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION...3 LTE EVOLUTION, ADVANTAGES IN FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS...4 LTE/SAE

More information

Long Term Evolution Radio Access Network L15 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

Long Term Evolution Radio Access Network L15 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions Long Term Evolution Radio Access Network L15 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Commercial in Confidence 2 Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION... 5 ERICSSON EMBMS RADIO NETWORK ESSENTIALS

More information

Multimedia Telephony (MMTEL) 3.0

Multimedia Telephony (MMTEL) 3.0 Package Presentation Training Portfolio Presentation The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Ericsson AB 2007 1 (32) What s in the MMTEL 3.0 Training Package? Target Groups

More information

Training Proposal for OSS Product Technical Training Project

Training Proposal for OSS Product Technical Training Project Training Proposal Training Proposal for OSS Product Technical Training Project HUAWEI Learning Service 2015 COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE 1 Training Proposal CONTENTS 1 Training Solution... 4 1.1 Background

More information

Charging System (CS) 5.1 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

Charging System (CS) 5.1 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions Charging System (CS) 5.1 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION... 3 CHARGING SYSTEM (CS) 5.1 OVERVIEW DELTA... 4 CHARGING SYSTEM (CS) 5.1 RATING MANAGEMENT

More information

Catalog of Course Descriptions

Catalog of Course Descriptions Business Communication Suite (BCS) 2.0 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Page 2 Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION...

More information

TRAINING SERVICES COURSE CATALOG

TRAINING SERVICES COURSE CATALOG TRAINING SERVICES COURSE CATALOG 2015 INTRODUCTION As the market leader in SON, Cellwize cooperate with customers and partners to achieve full solution adoption. Cellwize helps prepare client users to

More information

EDA 1200 4.3 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

EDA 1200 4.3 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions EDA 1200 4.3 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION...3 ACCESS NETWORKS, AN OVERVIEW...4 CORE NETWORKS, AN OVERVIEW...6 EDA 1200 4.3 INSTALLATION AND

More information

Efficient evolution to all-ip

Efficient evolution to all-ip Press information June 2006 Efficient evolution to all-ip The competitive landscape for operators and service providers is constantly changing. New technologies and network capabilities enable new players

More information

Nokia Siemens Networks Flexi Network Server

Nokia Siemens Networks Flexi Network Server Nokia Siemens Networks Flexi Network Server Ushering network control into the LTE era 1. Moving towards LTE Rapidly increasing data volumes in mobile networks, pressure to reduce the cost per transmitted

More information

Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Express 5.0 (UCCX)

Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Express 5.0 (UCCX) Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Express 5.0 (UCCX) Course Overview: This course, Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Express (UCCX) v5.0, provides the student with handson experience and knowledge

More information

broadband networks oss training program

broadband networks oss training program broadband networks oss training program why invest in a Broadband oss package Faster time to revenue You can secure a rapid competence build-up, enabling an early commercial network launch. Cost efficiency

More information

Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Express - Digital

Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Express - Digital Course Code: CUCCX Vendor: Cisco Course Overview Duration: 5 RRP: 2,396 Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Express - Digital Overview This course provides you with hands-on experience and knowledge

More information

HP Data Protector 9.x Essentials - Training Agenda

HP Data Protector 9.x Essentials - Training Agenda HP Data Protector 9.x Essentials - Training Agenda Course Outline This course is an introduction to HPDP (HP Data Protector). Attendees will learn the bene ts of leveraging HPDP and how to install, con

More information

Mobile Broadband HSPA and LTE/SAE

Mobile Broadband HSPA and LTE/SAE Mobile Broadband HSPA and LTE/SAE Håkan Djuphammar Vice President, Systems Architecture From desktop to Lap-Top Lap-Top sales surpassed desktop in Nordic countries Q1 2007 New user behaviours on hand-helds

More information

CS Fallback Function for Combined LTE and 3G Circuit Switched Services

CS Fallback Function for Combined LTE and 3G Circuit Switched Services EPC Voice over Circuit Switched Services Special Articles on SAE Standardization Technology CS Fallback Function for Combined and Circuit Switched Services The PP, an international standardization body

More information

THE Evolution of Mobile network and THE role of Network transport. Rodolfo Di Muro, PhD, MBA Programs marketing

THE Evolution of Mobile network and THE role of Network transport. Rodolfo Di Muro, PhD, MBA Programs marketing THE Evolution of Mobile network and THE role of Network transport Rodolfo Di Muro, PhD, MBA Programs marketing Agenda 1 Mobile network evolution business opportunities 2 The role of the transport network

More information

Managing and Maintaining Windows Server 2008 Servers (6430) Course length: 5 days

Managing and Maintaining Windows Server 2008 Servers (6430) Course length: 5 days Managing and Maintaining Windows Server 2008 Servers (6430) Course length: 5 days Course Summary: This five-day instructor-led course provides students with the knowledge and skills to implement, monitor,

More information

LTE CDMA Interworking

LTE CDMA Interworking LTE CDMA Interworking ehrpd - Use of a Common Core and a Stepping Stone to LTE Mike Dolan Consulting Member of Technical Staff Alcatel-Lucent Overview ehrpd (evolved High Rate Packet Data*) ehrpd involves

More information

Managing and Maintaining Windows Server 2008 Servers

Managing and Maintaining Windows Server 2008 Servers Managing and Maintaining Windows Server 2008 Servers Course Number: 6430A Length: 5 Day(s) Certification Exam There are no exams associated with this course. Course Overview This five day instructor led

More information

1G to 4G. Overview. Presentation By Rajeev Bansal Director(Mobile-1) Telecommunication Engineering Centre

1G to 4G. Overview. Presentation By Rajeev Bansal Director(Mobile-1) Telecommunication Engineering Centre 1G to 4G Overview Presentation By Rajeev Bansal Director(Mobile-1) Telecommunication Engineering Centre Mobile Networks differentiated from each other by the word Generation 1G, 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G, 3G milestones

More information

Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 Installation and Deployment

Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 Installation and Deployment Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 Installation and Deployment Course 80296; 2 Days, Instructor-led Course Description This two-day instructor course covers the installation and configuration of Microsoft Dynamics

More information

Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC) Testing Using Spirent CS8 Interactive Tester

Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC) Testing Using Spirent CS8 Interactive Tester Application Note Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC) Testing Using Spirent CS8 Interactive Tester September 2013 Rev. A 09/13 Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC) Testing Using Spirent CS8

More information

Supporting mobility in the RAN cloud

Supporting mobility in the RAN cloud Supporting mobility in the RAN cloud Michael Fitch BT 23 rd October 2012 Cloud basics On-Demand Self-Service A consumer can provision computing capabilities, such as server time and network storage, automatically

More information

Mobile Devices Security: Evolving Threat Profile of Mobile Networks

Mobile Devices Security: Evolving Threat Profile of Mobile Networks Mobile Devices Security: Evolving Threat Profile of Mobile Networks SESSION ID: MBS-T07 Anand R. Prasad, Dr.,ir., Selim Aissi, PhD Objectives Introduction Mobile Network Security Cybersecurity Implications

More information

Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013

Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 Course 20336A: Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 Length: Audience(s): 5 Days Level: 300 IT Professionals Technology: Microsoft Lync Server 2013 Type: Delivery Method: Course Instructor-led (classroom)

More information

VMWARE COURSE OUTLINE. Revision 1.0 Prepared by: See CY

VMWARE COURSE OUTLINE. Revision 1.0 Prepared by: See CY VMWARE COURSE OUTLINE Revision 1.0 Prepared by: See CY VMware Infrastructure Install, Configure & Manage v4 Course Part Number: VMware SKU: EDU-VS4ICM-OE Objective: To learn how to install, configure and

More information

Business Communication Suite (BCS) 2.1 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

Business Communication Suite (BCS) 2.1 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions Business Communication Suite (BCS) 2.1 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Page 2 Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION...4 IMS IN A NUTSHELL...5 BCS IN A NUTSHELL...7 IMS FROM A BUSINESS

More information

Long-Term Evolution. Mobile Telecommunications Networks WMNet Lab

Long-Term Evolution. Mobile Telecommunications Networks WMNet Lab Long-Term Evolution Mobile Telecommunications Networks WMNet Lab Background Long-Term Evolution Define a new packet-only wideband radio with flat architecture as part of 3GPP radio technology family 2004:

More information

Description: Objective: Upon completing this course, the learner will be able to meet these overall objectives:

Description: Objective: Upon completing this course, the learner will be able to meet these overall objectives: Course: Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Express Software v9.0 Duration: 5 Day Hands-On Lab & Lecture Course Price: $ 3,695.00 Learning Credits: 37 Description: Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center

More information

Architecture Overview NCHU CSE LTE - 1

Architecture Overview NCHU CSE LTE - 1 Architecture Overview NCHU CSE LTE - 1 System Architecture Evolution (SAE) Packet core networks are also evolving to the flat System Architecture Evolution (SAE) architecture. This new architecture optimizes

More information

Educational Services Course Catalog February 2015

Educational Services Course Catalog February 2015 Educational Services Course Catalog February 2015 Educational Services Course Catalog P a g e 2 Call Handling Courses Power 911 User Training 3 Power 911 Administrator Training 6 Power 911 Onsite Train

More information

Deploying Cisco Basic Wireless LANs WDBWL v1.1; 3 days, Instructor-led

Deploying Cisco Basic Wireless LANs WDBWL v1.1; 3 days, Instructor-led Deploying Cisco Basic Wireless LANs WDBWL v1.1; 3 days, Instructor-led Course Description This 3-day instructor-led, hands-on course provides learners with skills and resources required to successfully

More information

NTT DOCOMO Technical Journal. Core Network Infrastructure and Congestion Control Technology for M2M Communications

NTT DOCOMO Technical Journal. Core Network Infrastructure and Congestion Control Technology for M2M Communications M2M 3GPP Standardization Further Development of LTE/LTE-Advanced LTE Release 10/11 Standardization Trends Core Network Infrastructure and Congestion Control Technology for M2M Communications The number

More information

Customer Training Catalog Training Programs WCDMA RNP&RNO Technical Training

Customer Training Catalog Training Programs WCDMA RNP&RNO Technical Training Customer Training Catalog Training Programs Customer Training Catalog Training Programs WCDMA RNP&RNO Technical Training HUAWEI Learning Service 2015 COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE 1 Customer Training Catalog

More information

Enlighten your transport network

Enlighten your transport network Enlighten your transport network Efficient Service and Network Management in packet-optical networks Network operators face many challenges driven by the rapid growth in customer demands. Growth in optical

More information

How To Understand The Gsm And Mts Mobile Network Evolution

How To Understand The Gsm And Mts Mobile Network Evolution Mobile Network Evolution Part 1 GSM and UMTS GSM Cell layout Architecture Call setup Mobility management Security GPRS Architecture Protocols QoS EDGE UMTS Architecture Integrated Communication Systems

More information

Configuring and Troubleshooting Internet Information Services in Windows Server 2008

Configuring and Troubleshooting Internet Information Services in Windows Server 2008 Course 6427A: Configuring and Troubleshooting Internet Information Services in Windows Server 2008 OVERVIEW About this Course In this 3-day instructor-led course, the students will learn to install, configure,

More information

Technical white paper. Enabling mobile broadband growth Evolved Packet Core

Technical white paper. Enabling mobile broadband growth Evolved Packet Core Technical white paper Enabling mobile broadband growth Evolved Packet Core Contents 3 Enabling mobile broadband growth 4 Enabling migration from current networks to LTE 4 Terminology 5 The demand for cost-effective

More information

Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server 2012

Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server 2012 Course 20417D: Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server 2012 Page 1 of 8 Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server 2012 Course 20417D: 4 days; Instructor-Led Introduction Get hands-on instruction

More information

Training Proposal for Network OSS Training Project

Training Proposal for Network OSS Training Project Training Proposal Training Proposal for Network OSS Training Project HUAWEI Learning Service 2015 COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE 1 Training Proposal CONTENTS 1 Training Solution... 3 1.1 Background Introduction...

More information

TEMS VISUALIZATION ENTERPRISE BRIDGING THE OPTIMIZATION GAP

TEMS VISUALIZATION ENTERPRISE BRIDGING THE OPTIMIZATION GAP TEMS VISUALIZATION ENTERPRISE BRIDGING THE OPTIMIZATION GAP 2 TEMS VISUALIZATION 7.3 ENTERPRISE SEE YOUR NETWORK IN A WHOLE NEW WAY TEMS Visualization is revolutionizing the optimization of wireless networks.

More information

Course 20336: Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013

Course 20336: Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 Course 20336: Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 Type:Course Audience(s):IT Professionals Technology:Microsoft Lync Server Level:300 This Revision:B Delivery method: Instructor-led (classroom)

More information

Implementing and Managing Windows Server 2008 Hyper-V

Implementing and Managing Windows Server 2008 Hyper-V Course 6422A: Implementing and Managing Windows Server 2008 Hyper-V Length: 3 Days Language(s): English Audience(s): IT Professionals Level: 300 Technology: Windows Server 2008 Type: Course Delivery Method:

More information

ITMC 2079 MCTS Configuring and Administering Microsoft SharePoint 2010

ITMC 2079 MCTS Configuring and Administering Microsoft SharePoint 2010 ITMC 2079 MCTS Configuring and Administering Microsoft SharePoint 2010 Length: 48 Hours Delivery Method: Instructor-led (classroom); MOC 10174 Course Description The course teaches students how to install,

More information

HP SiteScope 11.x Essentials

HP SiteScope 11.x Essentials HP SiteScope 11.x Essentials Overview This course provides the technical knowledge and skills needed to manage and monitor an IT infrastructure with the help of the HP SiteScope product. Students gain

More information

Nokia Siemens Networks mobile softswitching Taking voice to the next level

Nokia Siemens Networks mobile softswitching Taking voice to the next level Nokia Siemens Networks mobile softswitching Taking voice to the next level Providing an answer for today and tomorrow Evolving technologies Nokia Siemens Networks provides a solid platform for the future

More information

Business Case for Juniper Networks Virtualized Mobile Control Gateway

Business Case for Juniper Networks Virtualized Mobile Control Gateway Business Case for Juniper Networks Virtualized Mobile Control Gateway Executive Summary Mobile traffic growth is exploding in response to the worldwide uptake in smartphone sales. At the same time new

More information

CDMA 2013 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions

CDMA 2013 Training Programs. Catalog of Course Descriptions CDMA 2013 Training Programs Catalog of Course Descriptions Catalog of Course Descriptions INTRODUCTION... 7 CDMA-LTE INTERWORKING AND COEXISTENCE... 8 CDMA 1XEVDO OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE... 11 1XEVDO

More information

Microsoft Exchange Server 2007, Upgrade from Exchange 2000/2003 (3938. 3938/5049/5050) Course KC3065 5 Days OVERVIEW COURSE OBJECTIVES AUDIENCE

Microsoft Exchange Server 2007, Upgrade from Exchange 2000/2003 (3938. 3938/5049/5050) Course KC3065 5 Days OVERVIEW COURSE OBJECTIVES AUDIENCE Microsoft Exchange, Upgrade from Exchange 2000/2003 COURSE OVERVIEW This instructor-led course offers Microsoft Exchange Server administrators with the skills they need to manage a Microsoft Exchange infrastructure.

More information

4G Small Cell Solution LR13.3.L Training Catalogue

4G Small Cell Solution LR13.3.L Training Catalogue 4G Small Cell Solution LR13.3.L Training Catalogue Document Issue: Ed 1.0/EN Date of Issue: June 2014 Copyright 2014 by Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved. About Alcatel-Lucent Alcatel-Lucent (Euronext

More information

SERVICE CONTINUITY. Ensuring voice service

SERVICE CONTINUITY. Ensuring voice service SERVICE CONTINUITY FOR TODAY S Voice over LTE SUBSCRIBERS Ensuring voice service with Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SR-VCC) TECHNOLOGY White Paper Subscribers expectations for mobile data services

More information

6422: Implementing and Managing Windows Server 2008 Hyper-V (3 Days)

6422: Implementing and Managing Windows Server 2008 Hyper-V (3 Days) www.peaklearningllc.com 6422: Implementing and Managing Windows Server 2008 Hyper-V (3 Days) Introduction This three-day instructor-led course teaches students how to implement and manage Windows Server

More information

ehrpd Mike Keeley Market Segment Director

ehrpd Mike Keeley Market Segment Director ehrpd Mike Keeley Market Segment Director Agenda ehrpd What, Why, and When? ehrpd s Impact on the Core Network ehrpd s Impact on the Mobile Device Verifying ehrpd works 2 Acronyms AAA AN BSC EAP- AKA ehrpd

More information

OMU350 Operations Manager 9.x on UNIX/Linux Advanced Administration

OMU350 Operations Manager 9.x on UNIX/Linux Advanced Administration OMU350 Operations Manager 9.x on UNIX/Linux Advanced Administration Instructor-Led Training For versions 9.0, 9.01, & 9.10 OVERVIEW This 5-day instructor-led course focuses on advanced administration topics

More information

CONFIGURING BIG-IP LOCAL TRAFFIC MANAGER 3-Day

CONFIGURING BIG-IP LOCAL TRAFFIC MANAGER 3-Day Course: CONFIGURING BIG-IP LOCAL TRAFFIC MANAGER 3-Day Duration: 3 Day Hands-On Lab & Lecture Course Price: $ 2,995.00 Description: This three-day course gives networking professionals a functional understanding

More information

Updating Your Windows Server 2008 Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008 R2

Updating Your Windows Server 2008 Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008 R2 Course 10159A: Updating Your Windows Server 2008 Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008 R2 OVERVIEW About this Course This three-day instructor-led course teaches the new features of Windows Server 2008

More information

20336B: Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013

20336B: Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 20336B: Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server Course Details Course Code: Duration: Notes: 20336B 5 days This course syllabus should be used to determine whether the course is appropriate for the students,

More information

Next Generation of Railways and Metros wireless communication systems IRSE ASPECT 2012 Alain BERTOUT Alcatel-Lucent

Next Generation of Railways and Metros wireless communication systems IRSE ASPECT 2012 Alain BERTOUT Alcatel-Lucent Next Generation of Railways and Metros wireless communication systems IRSE ASPECT 2012 Alain BERTOUT Alcatel-Lucent Slide 1 Wireless communication: What s at stake for Rail? Some of the key challenges

More information

Revenue Analytics for Long Term Evolution (LTE)

Revenue Analytics for Long Term Evolution (LTE) Revenue Analytics for Long Term Evolution (LTE) Technical White Paper October, 2012 cvidya Confidential Proprietary This document and the information contained in it is CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION of cvidya,

More information

Deploying Unified Contact Center Enterprise DUCCE v10.0; 5 Days, Instructor-led

Deploying Unified Contact Center Enterprise DUCCE v10.0; 5 Days, Instructor-led Deploying Unified Contact Center Enterprise DUCCE v10.0; 5 Days, Instructor-led Course Description Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise (DUCCE) is a 5-day instructor-led course that helps

More information

The future of mobile networking. David Kessens <[email protected]>

The future of mobile networking. David Kessens <david.kessens@nsn.com> The future of mobile networking David Kessens Introduction Current technologies Some real world measurements LTE New wireless technologies Conclusion 2 The future of mobile networking

More information

Planning and Administering Windows Server 2008 Servers

Planning and Administering Windows Server 2008 Servers Planning and Administering Windows Server 2008 Servers MOC6430 About this Course Elements of this syllabus are subject to change. This five-day instructor-led course provides students with the knowledge

More information

Troubleshooting Voice Over IP with WireShark

Troubleshooting Voice Over IP with WireShark Hands-On Course Description Voice over IP is being widely implemented both within companies and across the Internet. The key problems with IP voice services are maintaining the quality of the voice service

More information

Microsoft Dynamics 2011: MS-80296 Installation and Deployment

Microsoft Dynamics 2011: MS-80296 Installation and Deployment coursemonster.com/uk Microsoft Dynamics 2011: MS-80296 Installation and Deployment View training dates» Overview This two day instructor led course covers the installation and configuration of Microsoft

More information

Mellanox Academy Online Training (E-learning)

Mellanox Academy Online Training (E-learning) Mellanox Academy Online Training (E-learning) 2013-2014 30 P age Mellanox offers a variety of training methods and learning solutions for instructor-led training classes and remote online learning (e-learning),

More information

Synchronization Requirements in Cellular Networks over Ethernet

Synchronization Requirements in Cellular Networks over Ethernet Synchronization Requirements in Cellular Networks over Ethernet IEEE 802.3 TS Interim, May. 2009 J. Kevin Rhee 1, Kyusang Lee 2, and Seung-Hwan Kim 3 1 KAIST, 2 ACTUS Networks, and 3 ETRI, S. Korea Acknowledgment

More information

Planning, Implementing and Managing a Microsoft SharePoint 2003 Infrastructure

Planning, Implementing and Managing a Microsoft SharePoint 2003 Infrastructure Planning, Implementing and Managing a Microsoft SharePoint 2003 Infrastructure Course 8036 - Three days - Instructor-led - Hands on Introduction This instructor-led course provides students with the knowledge

More information

Course Outline. Course 20336B: Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013. Duration: 5 Days

Course Outline. Course 20336B: Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013. Duration: 5 Days Course 20336B: Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 Duration: 5 Days What you will learn This instructor-led course teaches IT professionals how to plan, design, deploy, configure, and administer

More information

RAN Evolution. An introduction to Evo RAN. Hans Beijner Portfolio Marketing Manager, Business Unit Networks, Ericsson

RAN Evolution. An introduction to Evo RAN. Hans Beijner Portfolio Marketing Manager, Business Unit Networks, Ericsson RAN Evolution An introduction to Evo RAN Hans Beijner Portfolio Marketing Manager, Business Unit Networks, Ericsson This presentation may contain forward looking statements. Such statements are based on

More information

LTE and Network Evolution

LTE and Network Evolution ITU-T Workshop on Bridging the Standardization Gap and Interactive Training Session (Nadi, Fiji, 4 6 July 2011 ) LTE and Network Evolution JO, Sungho Deputy Senior Manager, SKTelecom Nadi, Fiji, 4 6 July

More information

Get the best performance from your LTE Network with MOBIPASS

Get the best performance from your LTE Network with MOBIPASS Get the best performance from your LTE Network with MOBIPASS The most powerful, user friendly and scalable enodeb test tools family for Network Equipement Manufacturers and Mobile Network Operators Network

More information

WebSphere Training Outline

WebSphere Training Outline WEBSPHERE TRAINING WebSphere Training Outline WebSphere Platform Overview o WebSphere Product Categories o WebSphere Development, Presentation, Integration and Deployment Tools o WebSphere Application

More information

LTE transport network security Jason S. Boswell Head of Security Sales, NAM Nokia Siemens Networks

LTE transport network security Jason S. Boswell Head of Security Sales, NAM Nokia Siemens Networks LTE transport network security Jason S. Boswell Head of Security Sales, NAM Nokia Siemens Networks 1 Nokia Siemens Networks New evolved Networks - new security needs Walled Garden Transport & Protocols

More information

Course Outline. Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 Course 20336B: 5 days Instructor Led. About this Course.

Course Outline. Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 Course 20336B: 5 days Instructor Led. About this Course. Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 Course 20336B: 5 days Instructor Led About this Course This instructor-led course teaches IT professionals how to plan, design, deploy, configure, and administer

More information

Total cost of charging and billing: CapEx and OpEx

Total cost of charging and billing: CapEx and OpEx Total cost of charging and billing: CapEx and OpEx Matti Swan Elisa Research [email protected] Abstract The purpose of this paper is to give an overview of charging and billing system costs in the area

More information

8000 Intelligent Network Manager

8000 Intelligent Network Manager SOLUTION BRIEF 8000 Intelligent Network Manager Improve Profitability and Competitiveness with Operational Efficiency The Coriant 8000 Intelligent Network Manager is a powerful network and service management

More information

VoLTE with SRVCC: White Paper October 2012

VoLTE with SRVCC: White Paper October 2012 VoLTE with SRVCC: White Paper October 2012 Qualcomm VoLTE with SRVCC: The second phase of voice evolution for mobile LTE devices LTE Growth The 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE) high-speed, highcapacity data

More information

HUGHES TECHNICAL TRAINING COURSE CATALOG

HUGHES TECHNICAL TRAINING COURSE CATALOG HUGHES TECHNICAL TRAINING COURSE CATALOG 2013 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS PRODUCT TRAINING FOR EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL CUSTOMERS... 3 HN SYSTEM COURSES... 6 HX SYSTEM COURSES... 12 2 PRODUCT TRAINING FOR EXTERNAL

More information

CCNA DATA CENTER BOOT CAMP: DCICN + DCICT

CCNA DATA CENTER BOOT CAMP: DCICN + DCICT CCNA DATA CENTER BOOT CAMP: DCICN + DCICT COURSE OVERVIEW: In this accelerated course you will be introduced to the three primary technologies that are used in the Cisco data center. You will become familiar

More information

IP-based Mobility Management for a Distributed Radio Access Network Architecture. [email protected]

IP-based Mobility Management for a Distributed Radio Access Network Architecture. helmut.becker@siemens.com IP-based Mobility Management for a Distributed Radio Access Network Architecture [email protected] Outline - Definition IP-based Mobility Management for a Distributed RAN Architecture Page 2 Siemens

More information

10174 - SharePoint 2010

10174 - SharePoint 2010 Configuring and Managing Microsoft SharePoint 2010 Introduction The course teaches students how to install, configure and administer SharePoint, and also manage and monitor sites and users by using SharePoint

More information

AudioCodes Gateway in the Lync Environment

AudioCodes Gateway in the Lync Environment AudioCodes Gateway in the Lync Environment Course: Audience: Prerequisites: Products: Four days hands-on, technical instruction covering installation, configuration, maintenance, troubleshooting and administration

More information

Network Access Security in Mobile 4G LTE. Huang Zheng Xiong Jiaxi An Sihua 2013.07

Network Access Security in Mobile 4G LTE. Huang Zheng Xiong Jiaxi An Sihua 2013.07 Network Access Security in Mobile 4G LTE Huang Zheng Xiong Jiaxi An Sihua 2013.07 Outline Mobile Evolution About LTE Overview of LTE System LTE Network Access Security Conclusion Mobile Evolution Improvements

More information

Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server 2012

Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server 2012 About this Course Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Get hands-on instruction and practice configuring and implementing new features and functionality in Windows, including Windows R2, in this five-day

More information

Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013

Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 About this Course Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync This instructor-led course teaches IT professionals how to plan, design, deploy, configure, and administer a Microsoft Lync solution. The course emphasizes

More information